Mercurial > emacs
annotate src/w32term.c @ 20320:dfd02d692b0c
Doc fixes and extra customization.
(browse-url): Quote browse-url-choose-browser in application.
author | Dave Love <fx@gnu.org> |
---|---|
date | Fri, 21 Nov 1997 23:57:48 +0000 |
parents | b4fe0e8ac819 |
children | c0496e62b737 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
16884
36babc489b0c
Change all uses of win95, winnt, and win32
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16588
diff
changeset
|
1 /* Implementation of GUI terminal on the Microsoft W32 API. |
13434 | 2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
3 | |
4 This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
5 | |
6 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) | |
9 any later version. | |
10 | |
11 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
14 GNU General Public License for more details. | |
15 | |
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
15742 | 17 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the |
18 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, | |
19 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ | |
13434 | 20 |
21 /* Added by Kevin Gallo */ | |
22 | |
23 #include <signal.h> | |
24 #include <config.h> | |
25 #include <stdio.h> | |
26 #include "lisp.h" | |
18507
be4c110cda51
Include charset.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16884
diff
changeset
|
27 #include "charset.h" |
13434 | 28 #include "blockinput.h" |
29 | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
30 #include "w32term.h" |
13434 | 31 |
32 #include "systty.h" | |
33 #include "systime.h" | |
34 | |
35 #include <ctype.h> | |
36 #include <errno.h> | |
37 #include <setjmp.h> | |
38 #include <sys/stat.h> | |
39 | |
40 #include "frame.h" | |
41 #include "dispextern.h" | |
42 #include "termhooks.h" | |
43 #include "termopts.h" | |
44 #include "termchar.h" | |
45 #include "gnu.h" | |
46 #include "disptab.h" | |
47 #include "buffer.h" | |
48 #include "window.h" | |
49 #include "keyboard.h" | |
50 #include "intervals.h" | |
51 | |
52 extern void free_frame_menubar (); | |
53 | |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
54 extern Lisp_Object Vwindow_system; |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
55 |
13434 | 56 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame |
57 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame | |
58 | |
59 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
60 /* This is display since w32 does not support multiple ones. */ |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
61 struct w32_display_info one_w32_display_info; |
13434 | 62 |
63 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME . FONT-LIST-CACHE), | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
64 one for each element of w32_display_list and in the same order. |
13434 | 65 NAME is the name of the frame. |
66 FONT-LIST-CACHE records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */ | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
67 Lisp_Object w32_display_name_list; |
13434 | 68 |
69 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c. | |
70 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
71 w32 functions. It is zero while not inside an update. |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
72 In that case, the w32 functions assume that `selected_frame' |
13434 | 73 is the frame to apply to. */ |
74 extern struct frame *updating_frame; | |
75 | |
76 /* This is a frame waiting to be autoraised, within w32_read_socket. */ | |
77 struct frame *pending_autoraise_frame; | |
78 | |
79 /* During an update, maximum vpos for ins/del line operations to affect. */ | |
80 | |
81 static int flexlines; | |
82 | |
83 /* During an update, nonzero if chars output now should be highlighted. */ | |
84 | |
85 static int highlight; | |
86 | |
87 /* Nominal cursor position -- where to draw output. | |
88 During an update, these are different from the cursor-box position. */ | |
89 | |
90 static int curs_x; | |
91 static int curs_y; | |
92 | |
16884
36babc489b0c
Change all uses of win95, winnt, and win32
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16588
diff
changeset
|
93 DWORD dwWindowsThreadId = 0; |
36babc489b0c
Change all uses of win95, winnt, and win32
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16588
diff
changeset
|
94 HANDLE hWindowsThread = NULL; |
13434 | 95 DWORD dwMainThreadId = 0; |
96 HANDLE hMainThread = NULL; | |
97 | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
98 #ifndef SIF_ALL |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
99 /* These definitions are new with Windows 95. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
100 #define SIF_RANGE 0x0001 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
101 #define SIF_PAGE 0x0002 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
102 #define SIF_POS 0x0004 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
103 #define SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL 0x0008 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
104 #define SIF_TRACKPOS 0x0010 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
105 #define SIF_ALL (SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS | SIF_TRACKPOS) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
106 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
107 typedef struct tagSCROLLINFO |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
108 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
109 UINT cbSize; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
110 UINT fMask; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
111 int nMin; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
112 int nMax; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
113 UINT nPage; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
114 int nPos; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
115 int nTrackPos; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
116 } SCROLLINFO, FAR *LPSCROLLINFO; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
117 typedef SCROLLINFO CONST FAR *LPCSCROLLINFO; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
118 #endif /* SIF_ALL */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
119 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
120 /* Dynamic linking to new proportional scroll bar functions. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
121 int (PASCAL *pfnSetScrollInfo) (HWND hwnd, int fnBar, LPSCROLLINFO lpsi, BOOL fRedraw); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
122 BOOL (PASCAL *pfnGetScrollInfo) (HWND hwnd, int fnBar, LPSCROLLINFO lpsi); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
123 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
124 int vertical_scroll_bar_min_handle; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
125 int vertical_scroll_bar_top_border; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
126 int vertical_scroll_bar_bottom_border; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
127 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
128 int last_scroll_bar_drag_pos; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
129 |
13434 | 130 /* Mouse movement. */ |
131 | |
132 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */ | |
133 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_frame; | |
134 static RECT last_mouse_glyph; | |
135 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
136 Lisp_Object Vw32_num_mouse_buttons; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
137 |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
138 Lisp_Object Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons; |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
139 |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
140 /* Control whether x_raise_frame also sets input focus. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
141 Lisp_Object Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
142 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
143 /* Control whether Caps Lock affects non-ascii characters. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
144 Lisp_Object Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
145 |
13434 | 146 /* The scroll bar in which the last motion event occurred. |
147 | |
148 If the last motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
149 so w32_mouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or |
13434 | 150 an ordinary motion. |
151 | |
152 If the last motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set this | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
153 to Qnil, to tell w32_mouse_position to return an ordinary motion event. */ |
13434 | 154 Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar; |
155 int last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos; | |
156 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
157 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that w32_mouse_position would |
13434 | 158 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there |
159 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the timestamp from the server | |
160 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time | |
161 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that | |
162 it's somewhat accurate. */ | |
163 Time last_mouse_movement_time; | |
164 | |
165 /* Incremented by w32_read_socket whenever it really tries to read events. */ | |
166 #ifdef __STDC__ | |
167 static int volatile input_signal_count; | |
168 #else | |
169 static int input_signal_count; | |
170 #endif | |
171 | |
172 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args, Vsystem_name; | |
173 | |
174 extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qmouse_face; | |
175 | |
176 extern int errno; | |
177 | |
178 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */ | |
179 extern int extra_keyboard_modifiers; | |
180 | |
181 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms; | |
182 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
183 void w32_delete_display (); |
13434 | 184 |
185 static void redraw_previous_char (); | |
186 static void redraw_following_char (); | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
187 static unsigned int w32_get_modifiers (); |
13434 | 188 |
189 static int fast_find_position (); | |
190 static void note_mouse_highlight (); | |
191 static void clear_mouse_face (); | |
192 static void show_mouse_face (); | |
193 static void do_line_dance (); | |
194 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
195 static int w32_cursor_to (); |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
196 static int w32_clear_end_of_line (); |
13434 | 197 |
198 #if 0 | |
199 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information | |
200 about the sequence of occurrences in this file. */ | |
201 | |
202 struct record | |
203 { | |
204 char *locus; | |
205 int type; | |
206 }; | |
207 | |
208 struct record event_record[100]; | |
209 | |
210 int event_record_index; | |
211 | |
212 record_event (locus, type) | |
213 char *locus; | |
214 int type; | |
215 { | |
216 if (event_record_index == sizeof (event_record) / sizeof (struct record)) | |
217 event_record_index = 0; | |
218 | |
219 event_record[event_record_index].locus = locus; | |
220 event_record[event_record_index].type = type; | |
221 event_record_index++; | |
222 } | |
223 | |
224 #endif /* 0 */ | |
225 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
226 /* Return the struct w32_display_info. */ |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
227 |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
228 struct w32_display_info * |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
229 w32_display_info_for_display () |
13434 | 230 { |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
231 return (&one_w32_display_info); |
13434 | 232 } |
233 | |
234 void | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
235 w32_fill_rect (f, _hdc, pix, lprect) |
13434 | 236 FRAME_PTR f; |
237 HDC _hdc; | |
238 COLORREF pix; | |
239 RECT * lprect; | |
240 { | |
241 HDC hdc; | |
242 HBRUSH hb; | |
243 RECT rect; | |
244 | |
245 if (_hdc) | |
246 hdc = _hdc; | |
247 else | |
248 { | |
249 if (!f) return; | |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
250 hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
13434 | 251 } |
252 | |
253 hb = CreateSolidBrush (pix); | |
254 FillRect (hdc, lprect, hb); | |
255 DeleteObject (hb); | |
256 | |
257 if (!_hdc) | |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
258 release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
13434 | 259 } |
260 | |
261 void | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
262 w32_clear_window (f) |
13434 | 263 FRAME_PTR f; |
264 { | |
265 RECT rect; | |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
266 |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
267 GetClientRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect); |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
268 w32_clear_rect (f, NULL, &rect); |
13434 | 269 } |
270 | |
271 | |
272 /* Starting and ending updates. | |
273 | |
274 These hooks are called by update_frame at the beginning and end | |
275 of a frame update. We record in `updating_frame' the identity | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
276 of the frame being updated, so that the w32_... functions do not |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
277 need to take a frame as argument. Most of the w32_... functions |
13434 | 278 should never be called except during an update, the only exceptions |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
279 being w32_cursor_to, w32_write_glyphs and w32_reassert_line_highlight. */ |
13434 | 280 |
281 static | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
282 w32_update_begin (f) |
13434 | 283 struct frame *f; |
284 { | |
285 if (f == 0) | |
286 abort (); | |
287 | |
288 flexlines = f->height; | |
289 highlight = 0; | |
290 | |
291 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
292 | |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
293 /* Regenerate display palette before drawing if list of requested |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
294 colors has changed. */ |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
295 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->regen_palette) |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
296 { |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
297 w32_regenerate_palette (f); |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
298 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->regen_palette = FALSE; |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
299 } |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
300 |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
301 if (f == FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
13434 | 302 { |
303 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */ | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
304 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 1; |
13434 | 305 |
306 /* If the frame needs to be redrawn, | |
307 simply forget about any prior mouse highlighting. */ | |
308 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)) | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
309 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
310 |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
311 if (!NILP (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window)) |
13434 | 312 { |
313 int firstline, lastline, i; | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
314 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window); |
13434 | 315 |
316 /* Find the first, and the last+1, lines affected by redisplay. */ | |
317 for (firstline = 0; firstline < f->height; firstline++) | |
318 if (FRAME_DESIRED_GLYPHS (f)->enable[firstline]) | |
319 break; | |
320 | |
321 lastline = f->height; | |
322 for (i = f->height - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
323 { | |
324 if (FRAME_DESIRED_GLYPHS (f)->enable[i]) | |
325 break; | |
326 else | |
327 lastline = i; | |
328 } | |
329 | |
330 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window | |
331 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off. | |
332 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged; | |
333 in that case, the FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS that we would use | |
334 are all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */ | |
335 if (! (firstline > (XFASTINT (w->top) + window_internal_height (w)) | |
336 || lastline < XFASTINT (w->top))) | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
337 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)); |
13434 | 338 } |
339 } | |
340 | |
341 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
342 } | |
343 | |
344 static | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
345 w32_update_end (f) |
13434 | 346 struct frame *f; |
347 { | |
348 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
349 | |
350 do_line_dance (); | |
351 x_display_cursor (f, 1); | |
352 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
353 if (f == FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
354 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 0; |
13434 | 355 |
356 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
357 } | |
358 | |
359 /* This is called after a redisplay on frame F. */ | |
360 | |
361 static | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
362 w32_frame_up_to_date (f) |
13434 | 363 FRAME_PTR f; |
364 { | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
365 BLOCK_INPUT; |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
366 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_deferred_gc |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
367 || f == FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
13434 | 368 { |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
369 note_mouse_highlight (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame, |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
370 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_x, |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
371 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_y); |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
372 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0; |
13434 | 373 } |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
374 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
13434 | 375 } |
376 | |
377 /* External interface to control of standout mode. | |
378 Call this when about to modify line at position VPOS | |
379 and not change whether it is highlighted. */ | |
380 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
381 w32_reassert_line_highlight (new, vpos) |
13434 | 382 int new, vpos; |
383 { | |
384 highlight = new; | |
385 } | |
386 | |
387 /* Call this when about to modify line at position VPOS | |
388 and change whether it is highlighted. */ | |
389 | |
390 static | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
391 w32_change_line_highlight (new_highlight, vpos, first_unused_hpos) |
13434 | 392 int new_highlight, vpos, first_unused_hpos; |
393 { | |
394 highlight = new_highlight; | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
395 w32_cursor_to (vpos, 0); |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
396 w32_clear_end_of_line (updating_frame->width); |
13434 | 397 } |
398 | |
399 /* This is used when starting Emacs and when restarting after suspend. | |
400 When starting Emacs, no window is mapped. And nothing must be done | |
401 to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that rarely happens). */ | |
402 | |
403 static | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
404 w32_set_terminal_modes () |
13434 | 405 { |
406 } | |
407 | |
408 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
409 Exiting will make the W32 windows go away, and suspending |
13434 | 410 requires no action. */ |
411 | |
412 static | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
413 w32_reset_terminal_modes () |
13434 | 414 { |
415 } | |
416 | |
417 /* Set the nominal cursor position of the frame. | |
418 This is where display update commands will take effect. | |
419 This does not affect the place where the cursor-box is displayed. */ | |
420 | |
421 static int | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
422 w32_cursor_to (row, col) |
13434 | 423 register int row, col; |
424 { | |
425 int orow = row; | |
426 | |
427 curs_x = col; | |
428 curs_y = row; | |
429 | |
430 if (updating_frame == 0) | |
431 { | |
432 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
433 x_display_cursor (selected_frame, 1); | |
434 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
435 } | |
436 } | |
437 | |
438 /* Display a sequence of N glyphs found at GP. | |
439 WINDOW is the window to output to. LEFT and TOP are starting coords. | |
440 HL is 1 if this text is highlighted, 2 if the cursor is on it, | |
441 3 if should appear in its mouse-face. | |
442 JUST_FOREGROUND if 1 means draw only the foreground; | |
443 don't alter the background. | |
444 | |
445 FONT is the default font to use (for glyphs whose font-code is 0). | |
446 | |
447 Since the display generation code is responsible for calling | |
448 compute_char_face and compute_glyph_face on everything it puts in | |
449 the display structure, we can assume that the face code on each | |
450 glyph is a valid index into FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f), and the one | |
451 to which we can actually apply intern_face. | |
452 Call this function with input blocked. */ | |
453 | |
454 static void | |
455 dumpglyphs (f, left, top, gp, n, hl, just_foreground) | |
456 struct frame *f; | |
457 int left, top; | |
458 register GLYPH *gp; /* Points to first GLYPH. */ | |
459 register int n; /* Number of glyphs to display. */ | |
460 int hl; | |
461 int just_foreground; | |
462 { | |
463 /* Holds characters to be displayed. */ | |
464 char *buf = (char *) alloca (f->width * sizeof (*buf)); | |
465 register char *cp; /* Steps through buf[]. */ | |
466 register int tlen = GLYPH_TABLE_LENGTH; | |
467 register Lisp_Object *tbase = GLYPH_TABLE_BASE; | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
468 Window window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f); |
13434 | 469 int orig_left = left; |
470 HDC hdc; | |
471 | |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
472 hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
13434 | 473 |
474 while (n > 0) | |
475 { | |
476 /* Get the face-code of the next GLYPH. */ | |
477 int cf, len; | |
478 int g = *gp; | |
479 | |
480 GLYPH_FOLLOW_ALIASES (tbase, tlen, g); | |
481 cf = FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g); | |
482 | |
483 /* Find the run of consecutive glyphs with the same face-code. | |
484 Extract their character codes into BUF. */ | |
485 cp = buf; | |
486 while (n > 0) | |
487 { | |
488 g = *gp; | |
489 GLYPH_FOLLOW_ALIASES (tbase, tlen, g); | |
490 if (FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g) != cf) | |
491 break; | |
492 | |
493 *cp++ = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g); | |
494 --n; | |
495 ++gp; | |
496 } | |
497 | |
498 /* LEN gets the length of the run. */ | |
499 len = cp - buf; | |
500 | |
501 /* Now output this run of chars, with the font and pixel values | |
502 determined by the face code CF. */ | |
503 { | |
504 struct face *face = FRAME_DEFAULT_FACE (f); | |
505 XFontStruct *font = FACE_FONT (face); | |
506 int stippled = 0; | |
507 COLORREF fg; | |
508 COLORREF bg; | |
509 | |
510 /* HL = 3 means use a mouse face previously chosen. */ | |
511 if (hl == 3) | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
512 cf = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_face_id; |
13434 | 513 |
514 /* First look at the face of the text itself. */ | |
515 if (cf != 0) | |
516 { | |
517 /* It's possible for the display table to specify | |
518 a face code that is out of range. Use 0 in that case. */ | |
519 if (cf < 0 || cf >= FRAME_N_COMPUTED_FACES (f) | |
520 || FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f) [cf] == 0) | |
521 cf = 0; | |
522 | |
523 if (cf == 1) | |
524 face = FRAME_MODE_LINE_FACE (f); | |
525 else | |
526 face = intern_face (f, FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f) [cf]); | |
527 font = FACE_FONT (face); | |
528 if (FACE_STIPPLE (face)) | |
529 stippled = 1; | |
530 } | |
531 | |
532 /* Then comes the distinction between modeline and normal text. */ | |
533 else if (hl == 0) | |
534 ; | |
535 else if (hl == 1) | |
536 { | |
537 face = FRAME_MODE_LINE_FACE (f); | |
538 font = FACE_FONT (face); | |
539 if (FACE_STIPPLE (face)) | |
540 stippled = 1; | |
541 } | |
542 | |
543 fg = face->foreground; | |
544 bg = face->background; | |
545 | |
546 /* Now override that if the cursor's on this character. */ | |
547 if (hl == 2) | |
548 { | |
549 /* The cursor overrides stippling. */ | |
550 stippled = 0; | |
551 | |
552 if ((!face->font | |
553 || face->font == (XFontStruct *) FACE_DEFAULT | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
554 || face->font == f->output_data.w32->font) |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
555 && face->background == f->output_data.w32->background_pixel |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
556 && face->foreground == f->output_data.w32->foreground_pixel) |
13434 | 557 { |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
558 bg = f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel; |
13434 | 559 fg = face->background; |
560 } | |
561 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */ | |
562 else | |
563 { | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
564 bg = f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel; |
13434 | 565 fg = face->background; |
566 /* If the glyph would be invisible, | |
567 try a different foreground. */ | |
568 if (fg == bg) | |
569 fg = face->foreground; | |
570 if (fg == bg) | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
571 fg = f->output_data.w32->cursor_foreground_pixel; |
13434 | 572 if (fg == bg) |
573 fg = face->foreground; | |
574 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */ | |
575 if (bg == face->background | |
576 && fg == face->foreground) | |
577 { | |
578 bg = face->foreground; | |
579 fg = face->background; | |
580 } | |
581 } | |
582 } | |
583 | |
584 if (font == (XFontStruct *) FACE_DEFAULT) | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
585 font = f->output_data.w32->font; |
13434 | 586 |
587 SetBkMode (hdc, just_foreground ? TRANSPARENT : OPAQUE); | |
588 | |
589 SetTextColor (hdc, fg); | |
590 SetBkColor (hdc, bg); | |
591 | |
592 SelectObject (hdc, font->hfont); | |
593 | |
594 TextOut (hdc, left, top, buf, len); | |
595 | |
596 if (!just_foreground) | |
597 { | |
598 /* Clear the rest of the line's height. */ | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
599 if (f->output_data.w32->line_height != FONT_HEIGHT (font)) |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
600 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, bg, |
13434 | 601 left, |
602 top + FONT_HEIGHT (font), | |
603 FONT_WIDTH (font) * len, | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
604 f->output_data.w32->line_height - FONT_HEIGHT (font)); |
13434 | 605 } |
606 | |
607 { | |
608 int underline_position = 1; | |
609 | |
610 if (font->tm.tmDescent <= underline_position) | |
611 underline_position = font->tm.tmDescent - 1; | |
612 | |
613 if (face->underline) | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
614 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, fg, |
13434 | 615 left, (top |
616 + FONT_BASE (font) | |
617 + underline_position), | |
618 len * FONT_WIDTH (font), 1); | |
619 } | |
620 | |
621 left += len * FONT_WIDTH (font); | |
622 } | |
623 } | |
624 | |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
625 release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
13434 | 626 } |
627 | |
628 | |
629 /* Output some text at the nominal frame cursor position. | |
630 Advance the cursor over the text. | |
631 Output LEN glyphs at START. | |
632 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
633 `highlight', set up by w32_reassert_line_highlight or w32_change_line_highlight, |
13434 | 634 controls the pixel values used for foreground and background. */ |
635 | |
636 static | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
637 w32_write_glyphs (start, len) |
13434 | 638 register GLYPH *start; |
639 int len; | |
640 { | |
641 register int temp_length; | |
642 struct frame *f; | |
643 | |
644 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
645 | |
646 do_line_dance (); | |
647 f = updating_frame; | |
648 if (f == 0) | |
649 { | |
650 f = selected_frame; | |
651 /* If not within an update, | |
652 output at the frame's visible cursor. */ | |
653 curs_x = f->cursor_x; | |
654 curs_y = f->cursor_y; | |
655 } | |
656 | |
657 dumpglyphs (f, | |
658 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x), | |
659 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y), | |
660 start, len, highlight, 0); | |
661 | |
662 /* If we drew on top of the cursor, note that it is turned off. */ | |
663 if (curs_y == f->phys_cursor_y | |
664 && curs_x <= f->phys_cursor_x | |
665 && curs_x + len > f->phys_cursor_x) | |
666 f->phys_cursor_x = -1; | |
667 | |
668 if (updating_frame == 0) | |
669 { | |
670 f->cursor_x += len; | |
671 x_display_cursor (f, 1); | |
672 f->cursor_x -= len; | |
673 } | |
674 else | |
675 curs_x += len; | |
676 | |
677 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
678 } | |
679 | |
680 /* Clear to the end of the line. | |
681 Erase the current text line from the nominal cursor position (inclusive) | |
682 to column FIRST_UNUSED (exclusive). The idea is that everything | |
683 from FIRST_UNUSED onward is already erased. */ | |
684 | |
685 static | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
686 w32_clear_end_of_line (first_unused) |
13434 | 687 register int first_unused; |
688 { | |
689 struct frame *f = updating_frame; | |
690 | |
691 if (f == 0) | |
692 abort (); | |
693 | |
694 if (curs_y < 0 || curs_y >= f->height) | |
695 return 1; | |
696 if (first_unused <= 0) | |
697 return 1; | |
698 | |
699 if (first_unused >= f->width) | |
700 first_unused = f->width; | |
701 | |
18877
d3e5a5f5fe02
(w32_clear_end_of_line): Include scroll bar width.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18507
diff
changeset
|
702 first_unused += FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f); |
d3e5a5f5fe02
(w32_clear_end_of_line): Include scroll bar width.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18507
diff
changeset
|
703 |
13434 | 704 BLOCK_INPUT; |
705 | |
706 do_line_dance (); | |
707 | |
708 /* Notice if the cursor will be cleared by this operation. */ | |
709 if (curs_y == f->phys_cursor_y | |
710 && curs_x <= f->phys_cursor_x | |
711 && f->phys_cursor_x < first_unused) | |
712 f->phys_cursor_x = -1; | |
713 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
714 w32_clear_area (f, NULL, |
13434 | 715 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x), |
716 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y), | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
717 FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font) * (first_unused - curs_x), |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
718 f->output_data.w32->line_height); |
13434 | 719 |
720 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
721 } | |
722 | |
723 static | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
724 w32_clear_frame () |
13434 | 725 { |
726 struct frame *f = updating_frame; | |
727 | |
728 if (f == 0) | |
729 f = selected_frame; | |
730 | |
731 f->phys_cursor_x = -1; /* Cursor not visible. */ | |
732 curs_x = 0; /* Nominal cursor position is top left. */ | |
733 curs_y = 0; | |
734 | |
735 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
736 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
737 w32_clear_window (f); |
13434 | 738 |
739 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed | |
740 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */ | |
741 x_scroll_bar_clear (f); | |
742 | |
743 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
744 } | |
745 | |
746 /* Make audible bell. */ | |
747 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
748 w32_ring_bell () |
13434 | 749 { |
750 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
751 | |
752 if (visible_bell) | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
753 FlashWindow (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (selected_frame), FALSE); |
13434 | 754 else |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
755 w32_sys_ring_bell (); |
13434 | 756 |
757 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
758 | |
759 return 1; | |
760 } | |
761 | |
762 /* Insert and delete character. | |
763 These are not supposed to be used because we are supposed to turn | |
764 off the feature of using them. */ | |
765 | |
766 static | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
767 w32_insert_glyphs (start, len) |
13434 | 768 register char *start; |
769 register int len; | |
770 { | |
771 abort (); | |
772 } | |
773 | |
774 static | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
775 w32_delete_glyphs (n) |
13434 | 776 register int n; |
777 { | |
778 abort (); | |
779 } | |
780 | |
781 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window, | |
782 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations. | |
783 This, and those operations, are used only within an update | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
784 that is bounded by calls to w32_update_begin and w32_update_end. */ |
13434 | 785 |
786 static | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
787 w32_set_terminal_window (n) |
13434 | 788 register int n; |
789 { | |
790 if (updating_frame == 0) | |
791 abort (); | |
792 | |
793 if ((n <= 0) || (n > updating_frame->height)) | |
794 flexlines = updating_frame->height; | |
795 else | |
796 flexlines = n; | |
797 } | |
798 | |
799 /* These variables need not be per frame | |
800 because redisplay is done on a frame-by-frame basis | |
801 and the line dance for one frame is finished before | |
802 anything is done for another frame. */ | |
803 | |
804 /* Array of line numbers from cached insert/delete operations. | |
805 line_dance[i] is the old position of the line that we want | |
806 to move to line i, or -1 if we want a blank line there. */ | |
807 static int *line_dance; | |
808 | |
809 /* Allocated length of that array. */ | |
810 static int line_dance_len; | |
811 | |
812 /* Flag indicating whether we've done any work. */ | |
813 static int line_dance_in_progress; | |
814 | |
815 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, | |
816 inserting N lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */ | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
817 w32_ins_del_lines (vpos, n) |
13434 | 818 int vpos, n; |
819 { | |
820 register int fence, i; | |
821 | |
822 if (vpos >= flexlines) | |
823 return 1; | |
824 | |
825 if (!line_dance_in_progress) | |
826 { | |
827 int ht = updating_frame->height; | |
828 if (ht > line_dance_len) | |
829 { | |
830 line_dance = (int *)xrealloc (line_dance, ht * sizeof (int)); | |
831 line_dance_len = ht; | |
832 } | |
833 for (i = 0; i < ht; ++i) line_dance[i] = i; | |
834 line_dance_in_progress = 1; | |
835 } | |
836 if (n >= 0) | |
837 { | |
838 if (n > flexlines - vpos) | |
839 n = flexlines - vpos; | |
840 fence = vpos + n; | |
841 for (i = flexlines; --i >= fence;) | |
842 line_dance[i] = line_dance[i-n]; | |
843 for (i = fence; --i >= vpos;) | |
844 line_dance[i] = -1; | |
845 } | |
846 else | |
847 { | |
848 n = -n; | |
849 if (n > flexlines - vpos) | |
850 n = flexlines - vpos; | |
851 fence = flexlines - n; | |
852 for (i = vpos; i < fence; ++i) | |
853 line_dance[i] = line_dance[i + n]; | |
854 for (i = fence; i < flexlines; ++i) | |
855 line_dance[i] = -1; | |
856 } | |
857 } | |
858 | |
859 /* Here's where we actually move the pixels around. | |
860 Must be called with input blocked. */ | |
861 static void | |
862 do_line_dance () | |
863 { | |
864 register int i, j, distance; | |
865 register struct frame *f; | |
866 int ht; | |
867 int intborder; | |
868 HDC hdc; | |
869 | |
870 /* Must check this flag first. If it's not set, then not only is the | |
871 array uninitialized, but we might not even have a frame. */ | |
872 if (!line_dance_in_progress) | |
873 return; | |
874 | |
875 f = updating_frame; | |
876 if (f == 0) | |
877 abort (); | |
878 | |
879 ht = f->height; | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
880 intborder = f->output_data.w32->internal_border_width; |
13434 | 881 |
882 x_display_cursor (updating_frame, 0); | |
883 | |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
884 hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
13434 | 885 |
886 for (i = 0; i < ht; ++i) | |
887 if (line_dance[i] != -1 && (distance = line_dance[i]-i) > 0) | |
888 { | |
889 for (j = i; (j < ht && line_dance[j] != -1 | |
890 && line_dance[j]-j == distance); ++j); | |
891 /* Copy [i,j) upward from [i+distance, j+distance) */ | |
892 BitBlt (hdc, | |
893 intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i+distance), | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
894 f->width * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font), |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
895 (j-i) * f->output_data.w32->line_height, |
13434 | 896 hdc, |
897 intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i), | |
898 SRCCOPY); | |
899 i = j-1; | |
900 } | |
901 | |
902 for (i = ht; --i >=0; ) | |
903 if (line_dance[i] != -1 && (distance = line_dance[i]-i) < 0) | |
904 { | |
905 for (j = i; (--j >= 0 && line_dance[j] != -1 | |
906 && line_dance[j]-j == distance);); | |
907 /* Copy (j, i] downward from (j+distance, i+distance] */ | |
908 BitBlt (hdc, | |
909 intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, j+1+distance), | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
910 f->width * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font), |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
911 (i-j) * f->output_data.w32->line_height, |
13434 | 912 hdc, |
913 intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, j+1), | |
914 SRCCOPY); | |
915 i = j+1; | |
916 } | |
917 | |
918 for (i = 0; i < ht; ++i) | |
919 if (line_dance[i] == -1) | |
920 { | |
921 for (j = i; j < ht && line_dance[j] == -1; ++j); | |
922 /* Clear [i,j) */ | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
923 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, |
13434 | 924 intborder, |
925 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i), | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
926 f->width * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font), |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
927 (j-i) * f->output_data.w32->line_height); |
13434 | 928 i = j-1; |
929 } | |
930 line_dance_in_progress = 0; | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
931 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
932 release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
13434 | 933 } |
934 | |
935 /* Support routines for exposure events. */ | |
936 static void clear_cursor (); | |
937 | |
938 /* Output into a rectangle of a window (for frame F) | |
939 the characters in f->phys_lines that overlap that rectangle. | |
940 TOP and LEFT are the position of the upper left corner of the rectangle. | |
941 ROWS and COLS are the size of the rectangle. | |
942 Call this function with input blocked. */ | |
943 | |
944 void | |
945 dumprectangle (f, left, top, cols, rows) | |
946 struct frame *f; | |
947 register int left, top, cols, rows; | |
948 { | |
949 register struct frame_glyphs *active_frame = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f); | |
950 int cursor_cleared = 0; | |
951 int bottom, right; | |
952 register int y; | |
953 | |
954 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)) | |
955 return; | |
956 | |
957 /* Express rectangle as four edges, instead of position-and-size. */ | |
958 bottom = top + rows; | |
959 right = left + cols; | |
960 | |
961 /* Convert rectangle edges in pixels to edges in chars. | |
962 Round down for left and top, up for right and bottom. */ | |
963 top = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, top); | |
964 left = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, left); | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
965 bottom += (f->output_data.w32->line_height - 1); |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
966 right += (FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font) - 1); |
13434 | 967 bottom = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, bottom); |
968 right = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, right); | |
969 | |
970 /* Clip the rectangle to what can be visible. */ | |
971 if (left < 0) | |
972 left = 0; | |
973 if (top < 0) | |
974 top = 0; | |
975 if (right > f->width) | |
976 right = f->width; | |
977 if (bottom > f->height) | |
978 bottom = f->height; | |
979 | |
980 /* Get size in chars of the rectangle. */ | |
981 cols = right - left; | |
982 rows = bottom - top; | |
983 | |
984 /* If rectangle has zero area, return. */ | |
985 if (rows <= 0) return; | |
986 if (cols <= 0) return; | |
987 | |
988 /* Turn off the cursor if it is in the rectangle. | |
989 We will turn it back on afterward. */ | |
990 if ((f->phys_cursor_x >= left) && (f->phys_cursor_x < right) | |
991 && (f->phys_cursor_y >= top) && (f->phys_cursor_y < bottom)) | |
992 { | |
993 clear_cursor (f); | |
994 cursor_cleared = 1; | |
995 } | |
996 | |
997 /* Display the text in the rectangle, one text line at a time. */ | |
998 | |
999 for (y = top; y < bottom; y++) | |
1000 { | |
1001 GLYPH *line = &active_frame->glyphs[y][left]; | |
1002 | |
1003 if (! active_frame->enable[y] || left > active_frame->used[y]) | |
1004 continue; | |
1005 | |
1006 dumpglyphs (f, | |
1007 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, left), | |
1008 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y), | |
1009 line, min (cols, active_frame->used[y] - left), | |
1010 active_frame->highlight[y], 0); | |
1011 } | |
1012 | |
1013 /* Turn the cursor on if we turned it off. */ | |
1014 | |
1015 if (cursor_cleared) | |
1016 x_display_cursor (f, 1); | |
1017 } | |
1018 | |
1019 static void | |
1020 frame_highlight (f) | |
1021 struct frame *f; | |
1022 { | |
1023 x_display_cursor (f, 1); | |
1024 } | |
1025 | |
1026 static void | |
1027 frame_unhighlight (f) | |
1028 struct frame *f; | |
1029 { | |
1030 x_display_cursor (f, 1); | |
1031 } | |
1032 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1033 static void w32_frame_rehighlight (); |
13434 | 1034 static void x_frame_rehighlight (); |
1035 | |
1036 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect | |
1037 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame | |
1038 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused. | |
1039 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the | |
1040 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */ | |
1041 | |
1042 void | |
1043 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, frame) | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1044 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo; |
13434 | 1045 struct frame *frame; |
1046 { | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1047 struct frame *old_focus = dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame; |
13434 | 1048 int events_enqueued = 0; |
1049 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1050 if (frame != dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame) |
13434 | 1051 { |
1052 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1053 the correct value of w32_focus_frame. */ |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1054 dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame = frame; |
13434 | 1055 |
1056 if (old_focus && old_focus->auto_lower) | |
1057 x_lower_frame (old_focus); | |
1058 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1059 if (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame && dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame->auto_raise) |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1060 pending_autoraise_frame = dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame; |
13434 | 1061 else |
1062 pending_autoraise_frame = 0; | |
1063 } | |
1064 | |
1065 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo); | |
1066 } | |
1067 | |
1068 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */ | |
1069 | |
1070 void | |
1071 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo) | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1072 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo; |
13434 | 1073 { |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1074 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame); |
13434 | 1075 } |
1076 | |
1077 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to | |
1078 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate | |
1079 minibuffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate. | |
1080 | |
1081 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which | |
1082 frame is being highlighted or unhighlighted; we only use it to find | |
1083 the appropriate display info. */ | |
1084 static void | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1085 w32_frame_rehighlight (frame) |
13434 | 1086 struct frame *frame; |
1087 { | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1088 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (frame)); |
13434 | 1089 } |
1090 | |
1091 static void | |
1092 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo) | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1093 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo; |
13434 | 1094 { |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1095 struct frame *old_highlight = dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1096 |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1097 if (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame) |
13434 | 1098 { |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1099 dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1100 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame))) |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1101 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)) |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1102 : dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame); |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1103 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame)) |
13434 | 1104 { |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1105 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame) = Qnil; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1106 dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame = dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame; |
13434 | 1107 } |
1108 } | |
1109 else | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1110 dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame = 0; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1111 |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1112 if (dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame != old_highlight) |
13434 | 1113 { |
1114 if (old_highlight) | |
1115 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight); | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1116 if (dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame) |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1117 frame_highlight (dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame); |
13434 | 1118 } |
1119 } | |
1120 | |
1121 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, etc. */ | |
1122 | |
1123 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */ | |
1124 | |
1125 char * | |
1126 x_get_keysym_name (keysym) | |
1127 int keysym; | |
1128 { | |
1129 /* Make static so we can always return it */ | |
1130 static char value[100]; | |
1131 | |
1132 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
1133 GetKeyNameText(keysym, value, 100); | |
1134 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
1135 | |
1136 return value; | |
1137 } | |
1138 | |
1139 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */ | |
1140 | |
1141 /* Given a pixel position (PIX_X, PIX_Y) on the frame F, return | |
1142 glyph co-ordinates in (*X, *Y). Set *BOUNDS to the rectangle | |
1143 that the glyph at X, Y occupies, if BOUNDS != 0. | |
1144 If NOCLIP is nonzero, do not force the value into range. */ | |
1145 | |
1146 void | |
1147 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, pix_x, pix_y, x, y, bounds, noclip) | |
1148 FRAME_PTR f; | |
1149 register int pix_x, pix_y; | |
1150 register int *x, *y; | |
1151 RECT *bounds; | |
1152 int noclip; | |
1153 { | |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1154 /* Support tty mode: if Vwindow_system is nil, behave correctly. */ |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1155 if (NILP (Vwindow_system)) |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1156 { |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1157 *x = pix_x; |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1158 *y = pix_y; |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1159 return; |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1160 } |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1161 |
13434 | 1162 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to round down |
1163 even for negative values. */ | |
1164 if (pix_x < 0) | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1165 pix_x -= FONT_WIDTH ((f)->output_data.w32->font) - 1; |
13434 | 1166 if (pix_y < 0) |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1167 pix_y -= (f)->output_data.w32->line_height - 1; |
13434 | 1168 |
1169 pix_x = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, pix_x); | |
1170 pix_y = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, pix_y); | |
1171 | |
1172 if (bounds) | |
1173 { | |
1174 bounds->left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, pix_x); | |
1175 bounds->top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, pix_y); | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1176 bounds->right = bounds->left + FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font) - 1; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1177 bounds->bottom = bounds->top + f->output_data.w32->line_height - 1; |
13434 | 1178 } |
1179 | |
1180 if (!noclip) | |
1181 { | |
1182 if (pix_x < 0) | |
1183 pix_x = 0; | |
1184 else if (pix_x > f->width) | |
1185 pix_x = f->width; | |
1186 | |
1187 if (pix_y < 0) | |
1188 pix_y = 0; | |
1189 else if (pix_y > f->height) | |
1190 pix_y = f->height; | |
1191 } | |
1192 | |
1193 *x = pix_x; | |
1194 *y = pix_y; | |
1195 } | |
1196 | |
1197 void | |
1198 glyph_to_pixel_coords (f, x, y, pix_x, pix_y) | |
1199 FRAME_PTR f; | |
1200 register int x, y; | |
1201 register int *pix_x, *pix_y; | |
1202 { | |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1203 /* Support tty mode: if Vwindow_system is nil, behave correctly. */ |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1204 if (NILP (Vwindow_system)) |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1205 { |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1206 *pix_x = x; |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1207 *pix_y = y; |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1208 return; |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1209 } |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1210 |
13434 | 1211 *pix_x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x); |
1212 *pix_y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y); | |
1213 } | |
1214 | |
1215 BOOL | |
1216 parse_button (message, pbutton, pup) | |
1217 int message; | |
1218 int * pbutton; | |
1219 int * pup; | |
1220 { | |
1221 int button = 0; | |
1222 int up = 0; | |
1223 | |
1224 switch (message) | |
1225 { | |
1226 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: | |
1227 button = 0; | |
1228 up = 0; | |
1229 break; | |
1230 case WM_LBUTTONUP: | |
1231 button = 0; | |
1232 up = 1; | |
1233 break; | |
1234 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN: | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1235 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons)) |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1236 button = 1; |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1237 else |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1238 button = 2; |
13434 | 1239 up = 0; |
1240 break; | |
1241 case WM_MBUTTONUP: | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1242 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons)) |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1243 button = 1; |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1244 else |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1245 button = 2; |
13434 | 1246 up = 1; |
1247 break; | |
1248 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN: | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1249 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons)) |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1250 button = 2; |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1251 else |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1252 button = 1; |
13434 | 1253 up = 0; |
1254 break; | |
1255 case WM_RBUTTONUP: | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1256 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons)) |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1257 button = 2; |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1258 else |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1259 button = 1; |
13434 | 1260 up = 1; |
1261 break; | |
1262 default: | |
1263 return (FALSE); | |
1264 } | |
1265 | |
1266 if (pup) *pup = up; | |
1267 if (pbutton) *pbutton = button; | |
1268 | |
1269 return (TRUE); | |
1270 } | |
1271 | |
1272 | |
1273 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue. | |
1274 | |
1275 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed | |
1276 the mouse. */ | |
1277 | |
1278 static void | |
1279 construct_mouse_click (result, msg, f) | |
1280 struct input_event *result; | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1281 W32Msg *msg; |
13434 | 1282 struct frame *f; |
1283 { | |
1284 int button; | |
1285 int up; | |
1286 | |
1287 parse_button (msg->msg.message, &button, &up); | |
1288 | |
1289 /* Make the event type no_event; we'll change that when we decide | |
1290 otherwise. */ | |
1291 result->kind = mouse_click; | |
1292 result->code = button; | |
1293 result->timestamp = msg->msg.time; | |
1294 result->modifiers = (msg->dwModifiers | |
1295 | (up | |
1296 ? up_modifier | |
1297 : down_modifier)); | |
1298 | |
1299 { | |
1300 int row, column; | |
1301 | |
1302 XSETINT (result->x, LOWORD (msg->msg.lParam)); | |
1303 XSETINT (result->y, HIWORD (msg->msg.lParam)); | |
1304 XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f); | |
1305 } | |
1306 } | |
1307 | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1308 static void |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1309 construct_mouse_wheel (result, msg, f) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1310 struct input_event *result; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1311 W32Msg *msg; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1312 struct frame *f; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1313 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1314 POINT p; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1315 result->kind = mouse_wheel; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1316 result->code = (short) HIWORD (msg->msg.wParam); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1317 result->timestamp = msg->msg.time; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1318 result->modifiers = msg->dwModifiers; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1319 p.x = LOWORD (msg->msg.lParam); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1320 p.y = HIWORD (msg->msg.lParam); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1321 ScreenToClient(msg->msg.hwnd, &p); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1322 XSETINT (result->x, p.x); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1323 XSETINT (result->y, p.y); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1324 XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1325 } |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1326 |
13434 | 1327 |
1328 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code. | |
1329 The input handler calls this. | |
1330 | |
1331 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event. | |
1332 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell | |
1333 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for | |
1334 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */ | |
1335 | |
1336 static void | |
1337 note_mouse_movement (frame, msg) | |
1338 FRAME_PTR frame; | |
1339 MSG *msg; | |
1340 { | |
1341 last_mouse_movement_time = msg->time; | |
1342 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1343 if (msg->hwnd != FRAME_W32_WINDOW (frame)) |
13434 | 1344 { |
1345 frame->mouse_moved = 1; | |
1346 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; | |
1347 | |
1348 note_mouse_highlight (frame, -1, -1); | |
1349 } | |
1350 | |
1351 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */ | |
1352 else if (LOWORD (msg->lParam) < last_mouse_glyph.left | |
1353 || LOWORD (msg->lParam) > last_mouse_glyph.right | |
15229
a270351f6e0c
(note_mouse_movement): Upwards mouse movement recognition corrected.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15216
diff
changeset
|
1354 || HIWORD (msg->lParam) < last_mouse_glyph.top |
13434 | 1355 || HIWORD (msg->lParam) > last_mouse_glyph.bottom) |
1356 { | |
1357 frame->mouse_moved = 1; | |
1358 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; | |
1359 | |
1360 note_mouse_highlight (frame, LOWORD (msg->lParam), HIWORD (msg->lParam)); | |
1361 } | |
1362 } | |
1363 | |
1364 /* This is used for debugging, to turn off note_mouse_highlight. */ | |
1365 static int disable_mouse_highlight; | |
1366 | |
1367 /* Take proper action when the mouse has moved to position X, Y on frame F | |
1368 as regards highlighting characters that have mouse-face properties. | |
1369 Also dehighlighting chars where the mouse was before. | |
1370 X and Y can be negative or out of range. */ | |
1371 | |
1372 static void | |
1373 note_mouse_highlight (f, x, y) | |
1374 FRAME_PTR f; | |
1375 int x, y; | |
1376 { | |
1377 int row, column, portion; | |
1378 RECT new_glyph; | |
1379 Lisp_Object window; | |
1380 struct window *w; | |
1381 | |
1382 if (disable_mouse_highlight) | |
1383 return; | |
1384 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1385 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_x = x; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1386 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_y = y; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1387 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame = f; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1388 |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1389 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer) |
13434 | 1390 return; |
1391 | |
1392 if (gc_in_progress) | |
1393 { | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1394 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 1; |
13434 | 1395 return; |
1396 } | |
1397 | |
1398 /* Find out which glyph the mouse is on. */ | |
1399 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, x, y, &column, &row, | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1400 &new_glyph, FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->grabbed); |
13434 | 1401 |
1402 /* Which window is that in? */ | |
1403 window = window_from_coordinates (f, column, row, &portion); | |
1404 w = XWINDOW (window); | |
1405 | |
1406 /* If we were displaying active text in another window, clear that. */ | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1407 if (! EQ (window, FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window)) |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1408 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)); |
13434 | 1409 |
1410 /* Are we in a window whose display is up to date? | |
1411 And verify the buffer's text has not changed. */ | |
1412 if (WINDOWP (window) && portion == 0 && row >= 0 && column >= 0 | |
1413 && row < FRAME_HEIGHT (f) && column < FRAME_WIDTH (f) | |
1414 && EQ (w->window_end_valid, w->buffer) | |
16209
40552cb9a45d
(note_mouse_highlight): Test last_overlay_modified field.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15742
diff
changeset
|
1415 && w->last_modified == BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)) |
40552cb9a45d
(note_mouse_highlight): Test last_overlay_modified field.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15742
diff
changeset
|
1416 && w->last_overlay_modified == BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))) |
13434 | 1417 { |
1418 int *ptr = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[row]; | |
1419 int i, pos; | |
1420 | |
1421 /* Find which buffer position the mouse corresponds to. */ | |
1422 for (i = column; i >= 0; i--) | |
1423 if (ptr[i] > 0) | |
1424 break; | |
1425 pos = ptr[i]; | |
1426 /* Is it outside the displayed active region (if any)? */ | |
1427 if (pos <= 0) | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1428 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)); |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1429 else if (! (EQ (window, FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window) |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1430 && row >= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1431 && row <= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1432 && (row > FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1433 || column >= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col) |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1434 && (row < FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1435 || column < FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1436 || FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_past_end))) |
13434 | 1437 { |
1438 Lisp_Object mouse_face, overlay, position; | |
1439 Lisp_Object *overlay_vec; | |
1440 int len, noverlays, ignor1; | |
1441 struct buffer *obuf; | |
1442 int obegv, ozv; | |
1443 | |
1444 /* If we get an out-of-range value, return now; avoid an error. */ | |
1445 if (pos > BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer))) | |
1446 return; | |
1447 | |
1448 /* Make the window's buffer temporarily current for | |
1449 overlays_at and compute_char_face. */ | |
1450 obuf = current_buffer; | |
1451 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer); | |
1452 obegv = BEGV; | |
1453 ozv = ZV; | |
1454 BEGV = BEG; | |
1455 ZV = Z; | |
1456 | |
1457 /* Yes. Clear the display of the old active region, if any. */ | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1458 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)); |
13434 | 1459 |
1460 /* Is this char mouse-active? */ | |
1461 XSETINT (position, pos); | |
1462 | |
1463 len = 10; | |
1464 overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) xmalloc (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object)); | |
1465 | |
1466 /* Put all the overlays we want in a vector in overlay_vec. | |
1467 Store the length in len. */ | |
1468 noverlays = overlays_at (XINT (pos), 1, &overlay_vec, &len, | |
1469 NULL, NULL); | |
1470 noverlays = sort_overlays (overlay_vec, noverlays, w); | |
1471 | |
1472 /* Find the highest priority overlay that has a mouse-face prop. */ | |
1473 overlay = Qnil; | |
1474 for (i = 0; i < noverlays; i++) | |
1475 { | |
1476 mouse_face = Foverlay_get (overlay_vec[i], Qmouse_face); | |
1477 if (!NILP (mouse_face)) | |
1478 { | |
1479 overlay = overlay_vec[i]; | |
1480 break; | |
1481 } | |
1482 } | |
1483 free (overlay_vec); | |
1484 /* If no overlay applies, get a text property. */ | |
1485 if (NILP (overlay)) | |
1486 mouse_face = Fget_text_property (position, Qmouse_face, w->buffer); | |
1487 | |
1488 /* Handle the overlay case. */ | |
1489 if (! NILP (overlay)) | |
1490 { | |
1491 /* Find the range of text around this char that | |
1492 should be active. */ | |
1493 Lisp_Object before, after; | |
1494 int ignore; | |
1495 | |
1496 before = Foverlay_start (overlay); | |
1497 after = Foverlay_end (overlay); | |
1498 /* Record this as the current active region. */ | |
1499 fast_find_position (window, before, | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1500 &FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col, |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1501 &FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row); |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1502 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_past_end |
13434 | 1503 = !fast_find_position (window, after, |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1504 &FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col, |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1505 &FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row); |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1506 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window = window; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1507 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_face_id |
13434 | 1508 = compute_char_face (f, w, pos, 0, 0, |
1509 &ignore, pos + 1, 1); | |
1510 | |
1511 /* Display it as active. */ | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1512 show_mouse_face (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f), 1); |
13434 | 1513 } |
1514 /* Handle the text property case. */ | |
1515 else if (! NILP (mouse_face)) | |
1516 { | |
1517 /* Find the range of text around this char that | |
1518 should be active. */ | |
1519 Lisp_Object before, after, beginning, end; | |
1520 int ignore; | |
1521 | |
1522 beginning = Fmarker_position (w->start); | |
1523 XSETINT (end, (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer)) | |
1524 - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos))); | |
1525 before | |
1526 = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos + 1), | |
1527 Qmouse_face, | |
1528 w->buffer, beginning); | |
1529 after | |
1530 = Fnext_single_property_change (position, Qmouse_face, | |
1531 w->buffer, end); | |
1532 /* Record this as the current active region. */ | |
1533 fast_find_position (window, before, | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1534 &FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col, |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1535 &FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row); |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1536 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_past_end |
13434 | 1537 = !fast_find_position (window, after, |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1538 &FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col, |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1539 &FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row); |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1540 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window = window; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1541 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_face_id |
13434 | 1542 = compute_char_face (f, w, pos, 0, 0, |
1543 &ignore, pos + 1, 1); | |
1544 | |
1545 /* Display it as active. */ | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1546 show_mouse_face (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f), 1); |
13434 | 1547 } |
1548 BEGV = obegv; | |
1549 ZV = ozv; | |
1550 current_buffer = obuf; | |
1551 } | |
1552 } | |
1553 } | |
1554 | |
1555 /* Find the row and column of position POS in window WINDOW. | |
1556 Store them in *COLUMNP and *ROWP. | |
1557 This assumes display in WINDOW is up to date. | |
1558 If POS is above start of WINDOW, return coords | |
1559 of start of first screen line. | |
1560 If POS is after end of WINDOW, return coords of end of last screen line. | |
1561 | |
1562 Value is 1 if POS is in range, 0 if it was off screen. */ | |
1563 | |
1564 static int | |
1565 fast_find_position (window, pos, columnp, rowp) | |
1566 Lisp_Object window; | |
1567 int pos; | |
1568 int *columnp, *rowp; | |
1569 { | |
1570 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window); | |
1571 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); | |
1572 int i; | |
1573 int row = 0; | |
16258
008dd73a2005
(fast_find_position, show_macro_face): Use new WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN macro.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16209
diff
changeset
|
1574 int left = WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w); |
13434 | 1575 int top = w->top; |
1576 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) - ! MINI_WINDOW_P (w); | |
1577 int width = window_internal_width (w); | |
1578 int *charstarts; | |
1579 int lastcol; | |
1580 int maybe_next_line = 0; | |
1581 | |
1582 /* Find the right row. */ | |
1583 for (i = 0; | |
1584 i < height; | |
1585 i++) | |
1586 { | |
1587 int linestart = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[top + i][left]; | |
1588 if (linestart > pos) | |
1589 break; | |
1590 /* If the position sought is the end of the buffer, | |
1591 don't include the blank lines at the bottom of the window. */ | |
1592 if (linestart == pos && pos == BUF_ZV (XBUFFER (w->buffer))) | |
1593 { | |
1594 maybe_next_line = 1; | |
1595 break; | |
1596 } | |
1597 if (linestart > 0) | |
1598 row = i; | |
1599 } | |
1600 | |
1601 /* Find the right column with in it. */ | |
1602 charstarts = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[top + row]; | |
1603 lastcol = left; | |
1604 for (i = 0; i < width; i++) | |
1605 { | |
1606 if (charstarts[left + i] == pos) | |
1607 { | |
1608 *rowp = row + top; | |
1609 *columnp = i + left; | |
1610 return 1; | |
1611 } | |
1612 else if (charstarts[left + i] > pos) | |
1613 break; | |
1614 else if (charstarts[left + i] > 0) | |
1615 lastcol = left + i; | |
1616 } | |
1617 | |
1618 /* If we're looking for the end of the buffer, | |
1619 and we didn't find it in the line we scanned, | |
1620 use the start of the following line. */ | |
1621 if (maybe_next_line) | |
1622 { | |
1623 row++; | |
1624 i = 0; | |
1625 } | |
1626 | |
1627 *rowp = row + top; | |
1628 *columnp = lastcol; | |
1629 return 0; | |
1630 } | |
1631 | |
1632 /* Display the active region described by mouse_face_* | |
1633 in its mouse-face if HL > 0, in its normal face if HL = 0. */ | |
1634 | |
1635 static void | |
1636 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, hl) | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1637 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo; |
13434 | 1638 int hl; |
1639 { | |
1640 struct window *w = XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window); | |
1641 int width = window_internal_width (w); | |
1642 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); | |
1643 int i; | |
1644 int cursor_off = 0; | |
1645 int old_curs_x = curs_x; | |
1646 int old_curs_y = curs_y; | |
1647 | |
1648 /* Set these variables temporarily | |
1649 so that if we have to turn the cursor off and on again | |
1650 we will put it back at the same place. */ | |
1651 curs_x = f->phys_cursor_x; | |
1652 curs_y = f->phys_cursor_y; | |
1653 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1654 for (i = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1655 i <= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row; i++) |
13434 | 1656 { |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1657 int column = (i == FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1658 ? FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col |
16258
008dd73a2005
(fast_find_position, show_macro_face): Use new WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN macro.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16209
diff
changeset
|
1659 : WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w)); |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1660 int endcolumn = (i == FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1661 ? FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col |
16258
008dd73a2005
(fast_find_position, show_macro_face): Use new WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN macro.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16209
diff
changeset
|
1662 : WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) + width); |
13434 | 1663 endcolumn = min (endcolumn, FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->used[i]); |
1664 | |
1665 /* If the cursor's in the text we are about to rewrite, | |
1666 turn the cursor off. */ | |
1667 if (i == curs_y | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1668 && curs_x >= column - 1 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1669 && curs_x <= endcolumn) |
13434 | 1670 { |
1671 x_display_cursor (f, 0); | |
1672 cursor_off = 1; | |
1673 } | |
1674 | |
1675 dumpglyphs (f, | |
1676 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, column), | |
1677 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i), | |
1678 FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->glyphs[i] + column, | |
1679 endcolumn - column, | |
1680 /* Highlight with mouse face if hl > 0. */ | |
1681 hl > 0 ? 3 : 0, 0); | |
1682 } | |
1683 | |
1684 /* If we turned the cursor off, turn it back on. */ | |
1685 if (cursor_off) | |
1686 x_display_cursor (f, 1); | |
1687 | |
1688 curs_x = old_curs_x; | |
1689 curs_y = old_curs_y; | |
1690 | |
1691 /* Change the mouse cursor according to the value of HL. */ | |
1692 if (hl > 0) | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1693 SetCursor (f->output_data.w32->cross_cursor); |
13434 | 1694 else |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1695 SetCursor (f->output_data.w32->text_cursor); |
13434 | 1696 } |
1697 | |
1698 /* Clear out the mouse-highlighted active region. | |
1699 Redraw it unhighlighted first. */ | |
1700 | |
1701 static void | |
1702 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo) | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1703 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo; |
13434 | 1704 { |
1705 if (! NILP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)) | |
1706 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, 0); | |
1707 | |
1708 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; | |
1709 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; | |
1710 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; | |
1711 } | |
1712 | |
1713 struct scroll_bar *x_window_to_scroll_bar (); | |
1714 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (); | |
1715 | |
1716 /* Return the current position of the mouse. | |
1717 *fp should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about. | |
1718 | |
1719 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *fp, *bar_window, | |
1720 and *part to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse | |
1721 is over. Set *x and *y to the portion and whole of the mouse's | |
1722 position on the scroll bar. | |
1723 | |
1724 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *fp to the frame the | |
1725 mouse is on, *bar_window to nil, and *x and *y to the character cell | |
1726 the mouse is over. | |
1727 | |
1728 Set *time to the server timestamp for the time at which the mouse | |
1729 was at this position. | |
1730 | |
1731 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report. | |
1732 | |
1733 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse | |
1734 movement. This also calls XQueryPointer, which will cause the | |
1735 server to give us another MotionNotify when the mouse moves | |
1736 again. */ | |
1737 | |
1738 static void | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1739 w32_mouse_position (fp, insist, bar_window, part, x, y, time) |
13434 | 1740 FRAME_PTR *fp; |
1741 int insist; | |
1742 Lisp_Object *bar_window; | |
1743 enum scroll_bar_part *part; | |
1744 Lisp_Object *x, *y; | |
1745 unsigned long *time; | |
1746 { | |
1747 FRAME_PTR f1; | |
1748 | |
1749 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
1750 | |
20179
b4fe0e8ac819
(w32_mouse_position): Handle INSIST < 0.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
19713
diff
changeset
|
1751 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar) && insist == 0) |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1752 /* This is never called at the moment. */ |
13434 | 1753 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time); |
1754 else | |
1755 { | |
1756 POINT pt; | |
1757 | |
1758 Lisp_Object frame, tail; | |
1759 | |
1760 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */ | |
1761 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
1762 XFRAME (frame)->mouse_moved = 0; | |
1763 | |
1764 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; | |
1765 | |
1766 GetCursorPos (&pt); | |
1767 | |
1768 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window | |
1769 containing the pointer. */ | |
1770 { | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1771 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp)->grabbed && last_mouse_frame |
13434 | 1772 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) |
1773 { | |
1774 f1 = last_mouse_frame; | |
1775 } | |
1776 else | |
1777 { | |
1778 /* Is win one of our frames? */ | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1779 f1 = x_window_to_frame (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp), WindowFromPoint(pt)); |
13434 | 1780 } |
1781 | |
1782 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */ | |
1783 if (! f1) | |
1784 { | |
1785 struct scroll_bar *bar = x_window_to_scroll_bar (WindowFromPoint(pt)); | |
1786 | |
1787 if (bar) | |
1788 { | |
1789 f1 = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); | |
1790 } | |
1791 } | |
1792 | |
20179
b4fe0e8ac819
(w32_mouse_position): Handle INSIST < 0.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
19713
diff
changeset
|
1793 if (f1 == 0 && insist > 0) |
13434 | 1794 f1 = selected_frame; |
1795 | |
1796 if (f1) | |
1797 { | |
1798 int ignore1, ignore2; | |
1799 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1800 ScreenToClient (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f1), &pt); |
13434 | 1801 |
1802 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values. */ | |
1803 | |
1804 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f1, pt.x, pt.y, &ignore1, &ignore2, | |
1805 &last_mouse_glyph, | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1806 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f1)->grabbed |
13434 | 1807 || insist); |
1808 | |
1809 *bar_window = Qnil; | |
1810 *part = 0; | |
1811 *fp = f1; | |
1812 XSETINT (*x, pt.x); | |
1813 XSETINT (*y, pt.y); | |
1814 *time = last_mouse_movement_time; | |
1815 } | |
1816 } | |
1817 } | |
1818 | |
1819 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
1820 } | |
1821 | |
1822 /* Scroll bar support. */ | |
1823 | |
1824 /* Given an window ID, find the struct scroll_bar which manages it. | |
1825 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark | |
1826 bits. */ | |
1827 struct scroll_bar * | |
1828 x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id) | |
1829 Window window_id; | |
1830 { | |
1831 Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
1832 | |
1833 for (tail = Vframe_list; | |
1834 XGCTYPE (tail) == Lisp_Cons; | |
1835 tail = XCONS (tail)->cdr) | |
1836 { | |
1837 Lisp_Object frame, bar, condemned; | |
1838 | |
1839 frame = XCONS (tail)->car; | |
1840 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */ | |
1841 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame)) | |
1842 abort (); | |
1843 | |
1844 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the | |
1845 right window ID. */ | |
1846 condemned = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame)); | |
1847 for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame)); | |
1848 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and | |
1849 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */ | |
1850 ! GC_NILP (bar) || (bar = condemned, | |
1851 condemned = Qnil, | |
1852 ! GC_NILP (bar)); | |
1853 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next) | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1854 if (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)) == window_id) |
13434 | 1855 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar); |
1856 } | |
1857 | |
1858 return 0; | |
1859 } | |
1860 | |
1861 HWND | |
1862 my_create_scrollbar (f, bar) | |
1863 struct frame * f; | |
1864 struct scroll_bar * bar; | |
1865 { | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1866 return (HWND) SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1867 WM_EMACS_CREATESCROLLBAR, (WPARAM) f, |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1868 (LPARAM) bar); |
13434 | 1869 } |
1870 | |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1871 //#define ATTACH_THREADS |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1872 |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1873 BOOL |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1874 my_show_window (FRAME_PTR f, HWND hwnd, int how) |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1875 { |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1876 #ifndef ATTACH_THREADS |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1877 return SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_SHOWWINDOW, |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1878 (WPARAM) hwnd, (LPARAM) how); |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1879 #else |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1880 return ShowWindow (hwnd, how); |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1881 #endif |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1882 } |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1883 |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1884 void |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1885 my_set_window_pos (HWND hwnd, HWND hwndAfter, |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1886 int x, int y, int cx, int cy, UINT flags) |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1887 { |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1888 #ifndef ATTACH_THREADS |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1889 WINDOWPOS pos; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1890 pos.hwndInsertAfter = hwndAfter; |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1891 pos.x = x; |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1892 pos.y = y; |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1893 pos.cx = cx; |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1894 pos.cy = cy; |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1895 pos.flags = flags; |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1896 SendMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_SETWINDOWPOS, (WPARAM) &pos, 0); |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1897 #else |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1898 SetWindowPos (hwnd, hwndAfter, x, y, cx, cy, flags); |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1899 #endif |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1900 } |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
1901 |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1902 BOOL |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1903 my_set_focus (f, hwnd) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1904 struct frame * f; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1905 HWND hwnd; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1906 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1907 SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_SETFOCUS, |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1908 (WPARAM) hwnd, 0); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1909 } |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1910 |
13434 | 1911 void |
1912 my_destroy_window (f, hwnd) | |
1913 struct frame * f; | |
1914 HWND hwnd; | |
1915 { | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1916 SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW, |
13434 | 1917 (WPARAM) hwnd, 0); |
1918 } | |
1919 | |
1920 /* Open a new window to serve as a scroll bar, and return the | |
1921 scroll bar vector for it. */ | |
1922 static struct scroll_bar * | |
1923 x_scroll_bar_create (window, top, left, width, height) | |
1924 struct window *window; | |
1925 int top, left, width, height; | |
1926 { | |
1927 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window)); | |
1928 struct scroll_bar *bar | |
1929 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE), Qnil)); | |
1930 HWND hwnd; | |
1931 | |
1932 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
1933 | |
1934 XSETWINDOW (bar->window, window); | |
1935 XSETINT (bar->top, top); | |
1936 XSETINT (bar->left, left); | |
1937 XSETINT (bar->width, width); | |
1938 XSETINT (bar->height, height); | |
1939 XSETINT (bar->start, 0); | |
1940 XSETINT (bar->end, 0); | |
1941 bar->dragging = Qnil; | |
1942 | |
1943 /* Requires geometry to be set before call to create the real window */ | |
1944 | |
1945 hwnd = my_create_scrollbar (f, bar); | |
1946 | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1947 if (pfnSetScrollInfo) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1948 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1949 SCROLLINFO si; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1950 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1951 si.cbSize = sizeof (si); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1952 si.fMask = SIF_ALL; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1953 si.nMin = 0; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1954 si.nMax = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (height) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1955 + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1956 si.nPage = si.nMax; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1957 si.nPos = 0; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1958 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1959 pfnSetScrollInfo (hwnd, SB_CTL, &si, FALSE); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1960 } |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1961 else |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1962 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1963 SetScrollRange (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (height), FALSE); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1964 SetScrollPos (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0, FALSE); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
1965 } |
13434 | 1966 |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1967 SET_SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar, hwnd); |
13434 | 1968 |
1969 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */ | |
1970 bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); | |
1971 bar->prev = Qnil; | |
1972 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar); | |
1973 if (! NILP (bar->next)) | |
1974 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar); | |
1975 | |
1976 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
1977 | |
1978 return bar; | |
1979 } | |
1980 | |
1981 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position. | |
1982 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother | |
1983 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always | |
1984 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose | |
1985 events.) | |
1986 | |
1987 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to | |
1988 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll bar | |
1989 handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that the | |
1990 bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way to | |
1991 move to the very end of the buffer. */ | |
1992 static void | |
1993 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, rebuild) | |
1994 struct scroll_bar *bar; | |
1995 int start, end; | |
1996 int rebuild; | |
1997 { | |
1998 int dragging = ! NILP (bar->dragging); | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
1999 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar); |
13434 | 2000 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
2001 | |
2002 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */ | |
2003 if (! rebuild | |
2004 && start == XINT (bar->start) | |
2005 && end == XINT (bar->end)) | |
2006 return; | |
2007 | |
2008 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
2009 | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2010 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2011 int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (XINT (bar->height)); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2012 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2013 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2014 the distance between start and end. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2015 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2016 int length = end - start; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2017 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2018 if (start < 0) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2019 start = 0; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2020 else if (start > top_range) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2021 start = top_range; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2022 end = start + length; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2023 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2024 if (end < start) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2025 end = start; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2026 else if (end > top_range && ! dragging) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2027 end = top_range; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2028 } |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2029 } |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2030 |
13434 | 2031 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */ |
2032 XSETINT (bar->start, start); | |
2033 XSETINT (bar->end, end); | |
2034 | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2035 /* If being dragged, let scroll bar update itself. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2036 if (!dragging) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2037 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2038 if (pfnSetScrollInfo) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2039 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2040 SCROLLINFO si; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2041 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2042 si.cbSize = sizeof (si); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2043 si.fMask = SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2044 si.nPage = end - start + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2045 si.nPos = start; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2046 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2047 pfnSetScrollInfo (w, SB_CTL, &si, TRUE); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2048 } |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2049 else |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2050 SetScrollPos (w, SB_CTL, start, TRUE); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2051 } |
13434 | 2052 |
2053 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
2054 } | |
2055 | |
2056 /* Move a scroll bar around on the screen, to accommodate changing | |
2057 window configurations. */ | |
2058 static void | |
2059 x_scroll_bar_move (bar, top, left, width, height) | |
2060 struct scroll_bar *bar; | |
2061 int top, left, width, height; | |
2062 { | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
2063 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar); |
13434 | 2064 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
2065 | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2066 /* If already correctly positioned, do nothing. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2067 if ( XINT (bar->left) == left |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2068 && XINT (bar->top) == top |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2069 && XINT (bar->width) == width |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2070 && XINT (bar->height) == height ) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2071 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2072 /* Redraw after clear_frame. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2073 if (!my_show_window (f, w, SW_NORMAL)) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2074 InvalidateRect (w, NULL, FALSE); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2075 return; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2076 } |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2077 |
13434 | 2078 BLOCK_INPUT; |
2079 | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2080 /* Make sure scroll bar is "visible" before moving, to ensure the |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2081 area of the parent window now exposed will be refreshed. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2082 my_show_window (f, w, SW_HIDE); |
13434 | 2083 MoveWindow (w, left, top, width, height, TRUE); |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2084 if (pfnSetScrollInfo) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2085 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2086 SCROLLINFO si; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2087 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2088 si.cbSize = sizeof (si); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2089 si.fMask = SIF_RANGE; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2090 si.nMin = 0; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2091 si.nMax = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (height) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2092 + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2093 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2094 pfnSetScrollInfo (w, SB_CTL, &si, FALSE); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2095 } |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2096 else |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2097 SetScrollRange (w, SB_CTL, 0, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (height), FALSE); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2098 my_show_window (f, w, SW_NORMAL); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2099 // InvalidateRect (w, NULL, FALSE); |
13434 | 2100 |
2101 XSETINT (bar->left, left); | |
2102 XSETINT (bar->top, top); | |
2103 XSETINT (bar->width, width); | |
2104 XSETINT (bar->height, height); | |
2105 | |
2106 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
2107 } | |
2108 | |
2109 /* Destroy the window for BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar | |
2110 to nil. */ | |
2111 static void | |
2112 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar) | |
2113 struct scroll_bar *bar; | |
2114 { | |
2115 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); | |
2116 | |
2117 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
2118 | |
2119 /* Destroy the window. */ | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
2120 my_destroy_window (f, SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar)); |
13434 | 2121 |
2122 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */ | |
2123 XWINDOW (bar->window)->vertical_scroll_bar = Qnil; | |
2124 | |
2125 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
2126 } | |
2127 | |
2128 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate | |
2129 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE | |
2130 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar, | |
2131 create one. */ | |
2132 static void | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
2133 w32_set_vertical_scroll_bar (window, portion, whole, position) |
13434 | 2134 struct window *window; |
2135 int portion, whole, position; | |
2136 { | |
2137 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window)); | |
2138 int top = XINT (window->top); | |
2139 int left = WINDOW_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_COLUMN (window); | |
2140 int height = WINDOW_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_HEIGHT (window); | |
2141 | |
2142 /* Where should this scroll bar be, pixelwise? */ | |
2143 int pixel_top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, top); | |
2144 int pixel_left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, left); | |
2145 int pixel_width | |
2146 = (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0 | |
2147 ? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
2148 : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font))); |
13434 | 2149 int pixel_height = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, height); |
2150 | |
2151 struct scroll_bar *bar; | |
2152 | |
2153 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */ | |
2154 if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar)) | |
2155 bar = x_scroll_bar_create (window, | |
2156 pixel_top, pixel_left, | |
2157 pixel_width, pixel_height); | |
2158 else | |
2159 { | |
2160 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */ | |
2161 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar); | |
2162 x_scroll_bar_move (bar, pixel_top, pixel_left, pixel_width, pixel_height); | |
2163 } | |
2164 | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2165 /* Set the scroll bar's current state. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2166 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2167 int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (pixel_height); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2168 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2169 if (whole == 0) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2170 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, 0, top_range, 0); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2171 else |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2172 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2173 int start = (int) (((double) position * top_range) / whole); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2174 int end = (int) (((double) (position + portion) * top_range) / whole); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2175 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2176 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, 0); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2177 } |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2178 } |
13434 | 2179 |
2180 XSETVECTOR (window->vertical_scroll_bar, bar); | |
2181 } | |
2182 | |
2183 | |
2184 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough | |
2185 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars | |
2186 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go | |
2187 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys | |
2188 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay | |
2189 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar | |
2190 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */ | |
2191 | |
2192 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call | |
2193 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if | |
2194 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgement. */ | |
2195 static void | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
2196 w32_condemn_scroll_bars (frame) |
13434 | 2197 FRAME_PTR frame; |
2198 { | |
2199 /* The condemned list should be empty at this point; if it's not, | |
2200 then the rest of Emacs isn't using the condemn/redeem/judge | |
2201 protocol correctly. */ | |
2202 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame))) | |
2203 abort (); | |
2204 | |
2205 /* Move them all to the "condemned" list. */ | |
2206 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame); | |
2207 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = Qnil; | |
2208 } | |
2209 | |
2210 /* Unmark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgement cycle. | |
2211 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */ | |
2212 static void | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
2213 w32_redeem_scroll_bar (window) |
13434 | 2214 struct window *window; |
2215 { | |
2216 struct scroll_bar *bar; | |
2217 | |
2218 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */ | |
2219 if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar)) | |
2220 abort (); | |
2221 | |
2222 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar); | |
2223 | |
2224 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */ | |
2225 { | |
2226 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window)); | |
2227 | |
2228 if (NILP (bar->prev)) | |
2229 { | |
2230 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of | |
2231 the lists. */ | |
2232 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), window->vertical_scroll_bar)) | |
2233 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */ | |
2234 return; | |
2235 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f), | |
2236 window->vertical_scroll_bar)) | |
2237 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = bar->next; | |
2238 else | |
2239 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of | |
2240 one or the other! */ | |
2241 abort (); | |
2242 } | |
2243 else | |
2244 XSCROLL_BAR (bar->prev)->next = bar->next; | |
2245 | |
2246 if (! NILP (bar->next)) | |
2247 XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev = bar->prev; | |
2248 | |
2249 bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); | |
2250 bar->prev = Qnil; | |
2251 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar); | |
2252 if (! NILP (bar->next)) | |
2253 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar); | |
2254 } | |
2255 } | |
2256 | |
2257 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the | |
2258 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */ | |
2259 static void | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
2260 w32_judge_scroll_bars (f) |
13434 | 2261 FRAME_PTR f; |
2262 { | |
2263 Lisp_Object bar, next; | |
2264 | |
2265 bar = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f); | |
2266 | |
2267 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any | |
2268 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */ | |
2269 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = Qnil; | |
2270 | |
2271 for (; ! NILP (bar); bar = next) | |
2272 { | |
2273 struct scroll_bar *b = XSCROLL_BAR (bar); | |
2274 | |
2275 x_scroll_bar_remove (b); | |
2276 | |
2277 next = b->next; | |
2278 b->next = b->prev = Qnil; | |
2279 } | |
2280 | |
2281 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars, | |
2282 and they should get garbage-collected. */ | |
2283 } | |
2284 | |
2285 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind | |
2286 is set to something other than no_event, it is enqueued. | |
2287 | |
2288 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC | |
2289 mark bits. */ | |
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15204
diff
changeset
|
2290 |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2291 static int |
13434 | 2292 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, msg, emacs_event) |
2293 struct scroll_bar *bar; | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
2294 W32Msg *msg; |
13434 | 2295 struct input_event *emacs_event; |
2296 { | |
2297 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar->window)) | |
2298 abort (); | |
2299 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
2300 emacs_event->kind = w32_scroll_bar_click; |
13434 | 2301 emacs_event->code = 0; |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2302 /* not really meaningful to distinguish up/down */ |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2303 emacs_event->modifiers = msg->dwModifiers; |
13434 | 2304 emacs_event->frame_or_window = bar->window; |
2305 emacs_event->timestamp = msg->msg.time; | |
2306 | |
2307 { | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2308 int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (XINT (bar->height)); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2309 int y; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2310 int dragging = !NILP (bar->dragging); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2311 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2312 if (pfnGetScrollInfo) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2313 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2314 SCROLLINFO si; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2315 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2316 si.cbSize = sizeof (si); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2317 si.fMask = SIF_POS; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2318 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2319 pfnGetScrollInfo ((HWND) msg->msg.lParam, SB_CTL, &si); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2320 y = si.nPos; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2321 } |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2322 else |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2323 y = GetScrollPos ((HWND) msg->msg.lParam, SB_CTL); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2324 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2325 bar->dragging = Qnil; |
13434 | 2326 |
2327 switch (LOWORD (msg->msg.wParam)) | |
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15204
diff
changeset
|
2328 { |
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15204
diff
changeset
|
2329 case SB_LINEDOWN: |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2330 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_down_arrow; |
13434 | 2331 break; |
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15204
diff
changeset
|
2332 case SB_LINEUP: |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2333 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_up_arrow; |
13434 | 2334 break; |
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15204
diff
changeset
|
2335 case SB_PAGEUP: |
13434 | 2336 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_above_handle; |
2337 break; | |
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15204
diff
changeset
|
2338 case SB_PAGEDOWN: |
13434 | 2339 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_below_handle; |
2340 break; | |
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15204
diff
changeset
|
2341 case SB_TOP: |
13434 | 2342 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle; |
2343 y = 0; | |
2344 break; | |
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15204
diff
changeset
|
2345 case SB_BOTTOM: |
13434 | 2346 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle; |
2347 y = top_range; | |
2348 break; | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2349 case SB_THUMBTRACK: |
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15204
diff
changeset
|
2350 case SB_THUMBPOSITION: |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2351 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (XINT (bar->height)) <= 0xffff) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2352 y = HIWORD (msg->msg.wParam); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2353 bar->dragging = Qt; |
13434 | 2354 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle; |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2355 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2356 /* "Silently" update current position. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2357 if (pfnSetScrollInfo) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2358 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2359 SCROLLINFO si; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2360 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2361 si.cbSize = sizeof (si); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2362 si.fMask = SIF_POS; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2363 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2364 #if 0 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2365 /* Shrink handle if necessary to allow full range for position. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2366 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2367 int start = XINT (bar->start); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2368 int end = XINT (bar->end); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2369 int len = end - start; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2370 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2371 /* If new end is nearly hitting bottom, we must shrink |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2372 handle. How much we shrink it depends on the relative |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2373 sizes of len and top_range. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2374 if (y + len > top_range - 2) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2375 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2376 len -= min (top_range / 10, (len / 3) + 2); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2377 if (len < 0) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2378 len = 0; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2379 } |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2380 si.nPage = len + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2381 si.fMask |= SIF_PAGE; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2382 } |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2383 #endif |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2384 si.nPos = y; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2385 /* Remember apparent position (we actually lag behind the real |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2386 position, so don't set that directly. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2387 last_scroll_bar_drag_pos = y; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2388 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2389 pfnSetScrollInfo (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, &si, FALSE); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2390 } |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2391 else |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2392 SetScrollPos (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, y, FALSE); |
13434 | 2393 break; |
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15204
diff
changeset
|
2394 case SB_ENDSCROLL: |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2395 /* If this is the end of a drag sequence, then reset the scroll |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2396 handle size to normal and do a final redraw. Otherwise do |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2397 nothing. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2398 if (dragging) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2399 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2400 if (pfnSetScrollInfo) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2401 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2402 SCROLLINFO si; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2403 int start = XINT (bar->start); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2404 int end = XINT (bar->end); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2405 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2406 si.cbSize = sizeof (si); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2407 si.fMask = SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2408 si.nPage = end - start + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2409 si.nPos = last_scroll_bar_drag_pos; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2410 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2411 pfnSetScrollInfo (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, &si, TRUE); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2412 } |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2413 else |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2414 SetScrollPos (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, y, TRUE); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2415 } |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2416 /* fall through */ |
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15204
diff
changeset
|
2417 default: |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2418 emacs_event->kind = no_event; |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2419 return FALSE; |
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15204
diff
changeset
|
2420 } |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2421 |
13434 | 2422 XSETINT (emacs_event->x, y); |
2423 XSETINT (emacs_event->y, top_range); | |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2424 |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2425 return TRUE; |
13434 | 2426 } |
2427 } | |
2428 | |
2429 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse | |
2430 on the scroll bar. */ | |
2431 static void | |
2432 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time) | |
2433 FRAME_PTR *fp; | |
2434 Lisp_Object *bar_window; | |
2435 enum scroll_bar_part *part; | |
2436 Lisp_Object *x, *y; | |
2437 unsigned long *time; | |
2438 { | |
2439 struct scroll_bar *bar = XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar); | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
2440 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar); |
13434 | 2441 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
2442 int pos; | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2443 int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (XINT (bar->height)); |
13434 | 2444 |
2445 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
2446 | |
2447 *fp = f; | |
2448 *bar_window = bar->window; | |
2449 | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2450 if (pfnGetScrollInfo) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2451 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2452 SCROLLINFO si; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2453 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2454 si.cbSize = sizeof (si); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2455 si.fMask = SIF_POS | SIF_PAGE | SIF_RANGE; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2456 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2457 pfnGetScrollInfo (w, SB_CTL, &si); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2458 pos = si.nPos; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2459 top_range = si.nMax - si.nPage + 1; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2460 } |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2461 else |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2462 pos = GetScrollPos (w, SB_CTL); |
13434 | 2463 |
2464 switch (LOWORD (last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos)) | |
2465 { | |
2466 case SB_THUMBPOSITION: | |
2467 case SB_THUMBTRACK: | |
2468 *part = scroll_bar_handle; | |
2469 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (XINT (bar->height)) <= 0xffff) | |
2470 pos = HIWORD (last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos); | |
2471 break; | |
2472 case SB_LINEDOWN: | |
2473 *part = scroll_bar_handle; | |
2474 pos++; | |
2475 break; | |
2476 default: | |
2477 *part = scroll_bar_handle; | |
2478 break; | |
2479 } | |
2480 | |
2481 XSETINT(*x, pos); | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2482 XSETINT(*y, top_range); |
13434 | 2483 |
2484 f->mouse_moved = 0; | |
2485 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; | |
2486 | |
2487 *time = last_mouse_movement_time; | |
2488 | |
2489 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
2490 } | |
2491 | |
2492 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or | |
2493 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn. | |
2494 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can | |
2495 redraw them. */ | |
2496 | |
2497 x_scroll_bar_clear (f) | |
2498 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2499 { | |
2500 Lisp_Object bar; | |
2501 | |
2502 for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); VECTORP (bar); | |
2503 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next) | |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2504 { |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
2505 HWND window = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)); |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2506 HDC hdc = GetDC (window); |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2507 RECT rect; |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2508 |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2509 /* Hide scroll bar until ready to repaint. x_scroll_bar_move |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2510 arranges to refresh the scroll bar if hidden. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2511 my_show_window (f, window, SW_HIDE); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2512 |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2513 GetClientRect (window, &rect); |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2514 select_palette (f, hdc); |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
2515 w32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &rect); |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2516 deselect_palette (f, hdc); |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2517 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2518 ReleaseDC (window, hdc); |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2519 } |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2520 } |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2521 |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2522 show_scroll_bars (f, how) |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2523 FRAME_PTR f; |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2524 int how; |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2525 { |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2526 Lisp_Object bar; |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2527 |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2528 for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); VECTORP (bar); |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2529 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next) |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2530 { |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
2531 HWND window = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)); |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2532 my_show_window (f, window, how); |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2533 } |
13434 | 2534 } |
2535 | |
2536 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
2537 /* The main W32 event-reading loop - w32_read_socket. */ |
13434 | 2538 |
2539 /* Timestamp of enter window event. This is only used by w32_read_socket, | |
2540 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions | |
2541 sometimes don't work. */ | |
2542 static Time enter_timestamp; | |
2543 | |
2544 /* Record the last 100 characters stored | |
2545 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */ | |
2546 int temp_index; | |
2547 short temp_buffer[100]; | |
2548 | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2549 extern int key_event (KEY_EVENT_RECORD *, struct input_event *, int *isdead); |
14462
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2550 |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
2551 /* Map a W32 WM_CHAR message into a KEY_EVENT_RECORD so that |
14462
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2552 we can use the same routines to handle input in both console |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2553 and window modes. */ |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2554 |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2555 static void |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
2556 convert_to_key_event (W32Msg *msgp, KEY_EVENT_RECORD *eventp) |
14462
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2557 { |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2558 eventp->bKeyDown = TRUE; |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2559 eventp->wRepeatCount = 1; |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2560 eventp->wVirtualKeyCode = msgp->msg.wParam; |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2561 eventp->wVirtualScanCode = (msgp->msg.lParam & 0xFF0000) >> 16; |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2562 eventp->uChar.AsciiChar = 0; |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2563 eventp->dwControlKeyState = msgp->dwModifiers; |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2564 } |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2565 |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2566 /* Return nonzero if the virtual key is a dead key. */ |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2567 |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2568 static int |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2569 is_dead_key (int wparam) |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2570 { |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2571 unsigned int code = MapVirtualKey (wparam, 2); |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2572 |
16884
36babc489b0c
Change all uses of win95, winnt, and win32
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16588
diff
changeset
|
2573 /* Windows 95 returns 0x8000, NT returns 0x80000000. */ |
14462
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2574 if ((code & 0x8000) || (code & 0x80000000)) |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2575 return 1; |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2576 else |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2577 return 0; |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2578 } |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2579 |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
2580 /* Read events coming from the W32 shell. |
13434 | 2581 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler. |
2582 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read. | |
2583 | |
2584 Events representing keys are stored in buffer BUFP, | |
2585 which can hold up to NUMCHARS characters. | |
2586 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer, | |
2587 thus pretending to be `read'. | |
2588 | |
2589 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. | |
2590 | |
2591 Some of these messages are reposted back to the message queue since the | |
16884
36babc489b0c
Change all uses of win95, winnt, and win32
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16588
diff
changeset
|
2592 system calls the windows proc directly in a context where we cannot return |
36babc489b0c
Change all uses of win95, winnt, and win32
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16588
diff
changeset
|
2593 the data nor can we guarantee the state we are in. So if we dispatch them |
13434 | 2594 we will get into an infinite loop. To prevent this from ever happening we |
2595 will set a variable to indicate we are in the read_socket call and indicate | |
16884
36babc489b0c
Change all uses of win95, winnt, and win32
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16588
diff
changeset
|
2596 which message we are processing since the windows proc gets called |
36babc489b0c
Change all uses of win95, winnt, and win32
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16588
diff
changeset
|
2597 recursively with different messages by the system. |
13434 | 2598 */ |
2599 | |
2600 int | |
16326
a85909645f7a
(w32_read_socket): Delete WAITP arg.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16258
diff
changeset
|
2601 w32_read_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected) |
13434 | 2602 register int sd; |
2603 register struct input_event *bufp; | |
2604 register int numchars; | |
2605 int expected; | |
2606 { | |
2607 int count = 0; | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2608 int check_visibility = 0; |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
2609 W32Msg msg; |
13434 | 2610 struct frame *f; |
2611 Lisp_Object part; | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
2612 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info; |
13434 | 2613 |
2614 if (interrupt_input_blocked) | |
2615 { | |
2616 interrupt_input_pending = 1; | |
2617 return -1; | |
2618 } | |
2619 | |
2620 interrupt_input_pending = 0; | |
2621 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
2622 | |
2623 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */ | |
2624 input_signal_count++; | |
2625 | |
2626 if (numchars <= 0) | |
2627 abort (); /* Don't think this happens. */ | |
2628 | |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2629 while (get_next_msg (&msg, FALSE)) |
13434 | 2630 { |
2631 switch (msg.msg.message) | |
2632 { | |
2633 case WM_PAINT: | |
2634 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); | |
2635 | |
2636 if (f) | |
2637 { | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2638 if (f->async_visible != 1) |
13434 | 2639 { |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2640 /* Definitely not obscured, so mark as visible. */ |
13434 | 2641 f->async_visible = 1; |
2642 f->async_iconified = 0; | |
2643 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2644 DebPrint (("frame %04x (%s) reexposed\n", f, |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2645 XSTRING (f->name)->data)); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2646 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2647 /* WM_PAINT serves as MapNotify as well, so report |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2648 visibility changes properly. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2649 if (f->iconified) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2650 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2651 bufp->kind = deiconify_event; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2652 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2653 bufp++; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2654 count++; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2655 numchars--; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2656 } |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2657 else if (! NILP(Vframe_list) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2658 && ! NILP (XCONS (Vframe_list)->cdr)) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2659 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2660 frame titles in case this is the second frame. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2661 record_asynch_buffer_change (); |
13434 | 2662 } |
2663 else | |
2664 { | |
15723
d2cee951f37e
(w32_read_socket): Need to erase background
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15651
diff
changeset
|
2665 /* Erase background again for safety. */ |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
2666 w32_clear_rect (f, NULL, &msg.rect); |
13434 | 2667 dumprectangle (f, |
2668 msg.rect.left, | |
2669 msg.rect.top, | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2670 msg.rect.right - msg.rect.left, |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2671 msg.rect.bottom - msg.rect.top); |
13434 | 2672 } |
2673 } | |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2674 break; |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2675 |
13434 | 2676 case WM_KEYDOWN: |
2677 case WM_SYSKEYDOWN: | |
2678 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); | |
2679 | |
2680 if (f && !f->iconified) | |
2681 { | |
2682 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) | |
2683 temp_index = 0; | |
2684 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = msg.msg.wParam; | |
2685 bufp->kind = non_ascii_keystroke; | |
2686 bufp->code = msg.msg.wParam; | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2687 bufp->modifiers = w32_kbd_mods_to_emacs (msg.dwModifiers, |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2688 msg.msg.wParam); |
13434 | 2689 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
2690 bufp->timestamp = msg.msg.time; | |
2691 bufp++; | |
2692 numchars--; | |
2693 count++; | |
2694 } | |
2695 break; | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2696 |
13434 | 2697 case WM_SYSCHAR: |
2698 case WM_CHAR: | |
2699 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); | |
2700 | |
2701 if (f && !f->iconified) | |
2702 { | |
2703 if (numchars > 1) | |
2704 { | |
14462
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2705 int add; |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2706 int isdead = 0; |
14462
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2707 KEY_EVENT_RECORD key, *keyp = &key; |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2708 |
13434 | 2709 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) |
2710 temp_index = 0; | |
14462
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2711 |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2712 convert_to_key_event (&msg, keyp); |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2713 add = key_event (keyp, bufp, &isdead); |
15035
a538ad05bce1
(w32_read_socket): Initialize frame_or_window field.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14462
diff
changeset
|
2714 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
14462
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2715 if (add == -1) |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2716 { |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2717 /* The key pressed generated two characters, most likely |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2718 an accent character and a key that could not be |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2719 combined with it. Prepend the message on the queue |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2720 again to process the second character (which is |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2721 being held internally in key_event), and process |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2722 the first character now. */ |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2723 prepend_msg (&msg); |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2724 add = 1; |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2725 } |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2726 |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2727 if (isdead) |
14462
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2728 break; |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2729 |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2730 bufp += add; |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2731 numchars -= add; |
599a3ae1e8ea
(convert_to_key_event, is_dead_key): New functions.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14351
diff
changeset
|
2732 count += add; |
13434 | 2733 } |
2734 else | |
2735 { | |
2736 abort (); | |
2737 } | |
2738 } | |
2739 break; | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2740 |
13434 | 2741 case WM_MOUSEMOVE: |
2742 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame | |
2743 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) | |
2744 f = last_mouse_frame; | |
2745 else | |
2746 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); | |
2747 | |
2748 if (f) | |
2749 note_mouse_movement (f, &msg.msg); | |
2750 else | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
2751 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)); |
13434 | 2752 |
2753 break; | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2754 |
13434 | 2755 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: |
2756 case WM_LBUTTONUP: | |
2757 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN: | |
2758 case WM_MBUTTONUP: | |
2759 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN: | |
2760 case WM_RBUTTONUP: | |
2761 { | |
2762 int button; | |
2763 int up; | |
2764 | |
2765 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame | |
2766 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) | |
2767 f = last_mouse_frame; | |
2768 else | |
2769 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); | |
2770 | |
2771 if (f) | |
2772 { | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
2773 if ((!dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame || f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame) |
13434 | 2774 && (numchars >= 1)) |
2775 { | |
2776 construct_mouse_click (bufp, &msg, f); | |
2777 bufp++; | |
2778 count++; | |
2779 numchars--; | |
2780 } | |
2781 } | |
2782 | |
2783 parse_button (msg.msg.message, &button, &up); | |
2784 | |
2785 if (up) | |
2786 { | |
2787 dpyinfo->grabbed &= ~ (1 << button); | |
2788 } | |
2789 else | |
2790 { | |
2791 dpyinfo->grabbed |= (1 << button); | |
2792 last_mouse_frame = f; | |
2793 } | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2794 break; |
13434 | 2795 } |
2796 | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2797 case WM_MOUSEWHEEL: |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2798 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2799 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2800 f = last_mouse_frame; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2801 else |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2802 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2803 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2804 if (f) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2805 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2806 if ((!dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2807 || f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2808 && (numchars >= 1)) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2809 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2810 construct_mouse_wheel (bufp, &msg, f); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2811 bufp++; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2812 count++; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2813 numchars--; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2814 } |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2815 } |
13434 | 2816 break; |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2817 |
13434 | 2818 case WM_VSCROLL: |
2819 { | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2820 struct scroll_bar *bar = |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2821 x_window_to_scroll_bar ((HWND)msg.msg.lParam); |
13434 | 2822 |
2823 if (bar && numchars >= 1) | |
2824 { | |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2825 if (x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, &msg, bufp)) |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2826 { |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2827 bufp++; |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2828 count++; |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2829 numchars--; |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
2830 } |
13434 | 2831 } |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2832 break; |
13434 | 2833 } |
2834 | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2835 case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED: |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2836 case WM_ACTIVATE: |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2837 case WM_ACTIVATEAPP: |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2838 check_visibility = 1; |
13434 | 2839 break; |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2840 |
13434 | 2841 case WM_MOVE: |
2842 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); | |
2843 | |
2844 if (f && !f->async_iconified) | |
2845 { | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2846 int x, y; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2847 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2848 x_real_positions (f, &x, &y); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2849 f->output_data.w32->left_pos = x; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2850 f->output_data.w32->top_pos = y; |
13434 | 2851 } |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2852 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2853 check_visibility = 1; |
13434 | 2854 break; |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2855 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2856 case WM_SHOWWINDOW: |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2857 /* If window has been obscured or exposed by another window |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2858 being maximised or minimised/restored, then recheck |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2859 visibility of all frames. Direct changes to our own |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2860 windows get handled by WM_SIZE. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2861 #if 0 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2862 if (msg.msg.lParam != 0) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2863 check_visibility = 1; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2864 else |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2865 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2866 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2867 f->async_visible = msg.msg.wParam; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2868 } |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2869 #endif |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2870 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2871 check_visibility = 1; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2872 break; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2873 |
13434 | 2874 case WM_SIZE: |
2875 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); | |
2876 | |
2877 if (f && !f->async_iconified && msg.msg.wParam != SIZE_MINIMIZED) | |
2878 { | |
2879 RECT rect; | |
2880 int rows; | |
2881 int columns; | |
2882 int width; | |
2883 int height; | |
2884 | |
14351
fb2ce4ebc871
ubackout 1.3 and 1.4
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14248
diff
changeset
|
2885 GetClientRect(msg.msg.hwnd, &rect); |
13434 | 2886 |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2887 height = rect.bottom - rect.top; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2888 width = rect.right - rect.left; |
13434 | 2889 |
2890 rows = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, height); | |
2891 columns = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, width); | |
2892 | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2893 /* TODO: Clip size to the screen dimensions. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2894 |
13434 | 2895 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has |
2896 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need | |
2897 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */ | |
2898 | |
2899 if (columns != f->width | |
2900 || rows != f->height | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
2901 || width != f->output_data.w32->pixel_width |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
2902 || height != f->output_data.w32->pixel_height) |
13434 | 2903 { |
2904 /* I had set this to 0, 0 - I am not sure why?? */ | |
2905 | |
2906 change_frame_size (f, rows, columns, 0, 1); | |
2907 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); | |
2908 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
2909 f->output_data.w32->pixel_width = width; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
2910 f->output_data.w32->pixel_height = height; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
2911 f->output_data.w32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity; |
13434 | 2912 } |
2913 } | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2914 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2915 /* Inform lisp of whether frame has been iconified etc. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2916 if (f) |
13434 | 2917 { |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2918 switch (msg.msg.wParam) |
13434 | 2919 { |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2920 case SIZE_MINIMIZED: |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2921 f->async_visible = 0; |
13434 | 2922 f->async_iconified = 1; |
2923 | |
2924 bufp->kind = iconify_event; | |
2925 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); | |
2926 bufp++; | |
2927 count++; | |
2928 numchars--; | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2929 break; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2930 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2931 case SIZE_MAXIMIZED: |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2932 case SIZE_RESTORED: |
13434 | 2933 f->async_visible = 1; |
2934 f->async_iconified = 0; | |
2935 | |
2936 /* wait_reading_process_input will notice this and update | |
2937 the frame's display structures. */ | |
2938 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); | |
2939 | |
2940 if (f->iconified) | |
2941 { | |
2942 bufp->kind = deiconify_event; | |
2943 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); | |
2944 bufp++; | |
2945 count++; | |
2946 numchars--; | |
2947 } | |
2948 else | |
2949 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later | |
2950 to update the frame titles | |
2951 in case this is the second frame. */ | |
2952 record_asynch_buffer_change (); | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2953 break; |
13434 | 2954 } |
2955 } | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2956 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2957 check_visibility = 1; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2958 break; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2959 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2960 case WM_SETFOCUS: |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2961 case WM_KILLFOCUS: |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2962 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
13434 | 2963 |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2964 if (msg.msg.message == WM_SETFOCUS) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2965 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2966 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, f); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2967 } |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2968 else if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2969 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2970 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2971 } |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2972 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2973 check_visibility = 1; |
13434 | 2974 break; |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2975 |
13434 | 2976 case WM_CLOSE: |
2977 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); | |
2978 | |
2979 if (f) | |
2980 { | |
2981 if (numchars == 0) | |
2982 abort (); | |
2983 | |
2984 bufp->kind = delete_window_event; | |
2985 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); | |
2986 bufp++; | |
2987 count++; | |
2988 numchars--; | |
2989 } | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2990 break; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2991 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2992 case WM_INITMENU: |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2993 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
13434 | 2994 |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2995 if (f) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2996 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2997 if (numchars == 0) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2998 abort (); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
2999 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3000 bufp->kind = menu_bar_activate_event; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3001 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3002 bufp++; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3003 count++; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3004 numchars--; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3005 } |
13434 | 3006 break; |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3007 |
13434 | 3008 case WM_COMMAND: |
3009 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); | |
3010 | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3011 #if 1 |
13434 | 3012 if (f) |
3013 { | |
3014 if (msg.msg.lParam == 0) | |
3015 { | |
3016 /* Came from window menu */ | |
3017 | |
3018 extern Lisp_Object get_frame_menubar_event (); | |
3019 Lisp_Object event = get_frame_menubar_event (f, msg.msg.wParam); | |
3020 struct input_event buf; | |
3021 Lisp_Object frame; | |
3022 | |
3023 XSETFRAME (frame, f); | |
3024 buf.kind = menu_bar_event; | |
3025 | |
3026 /* Store initial menu bar event */ | |
3027 | |
3028 if (!NILP (event)) | |
3029 { | |
3030 buf.frame_or_window = Fcons (frame, Fcons (Qmenu_bar, Qnil)); | |
3031 kbd_buffer_store_event (&buf); | |
3032 } | |
3033 | |
3034 /* Enqueue the events */ | |
3035 | |
3036 while (!NILP (event)) | |
3037 { | |
3038 buf.frame_or_window = Fcons (frame, XCONS (event)->car); | |
3039 kbd_buffer_store_event (&buf); | |
3040 event = XCONS (event)->cdr; | |
3041 } | |
3042 } | |
3043 else | |
3044 { | |
3045 /* Came from popup menu */ | |
3046 } | |
3047 } | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3048 #endif |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3049 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3050 check_visibility = 1; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3051 break; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3052 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3053 case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE: |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3054 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3055 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3056 if (f) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3057 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3058 dpyinfo->width = (short) LOWORD (msg.msg.lParam); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3059 dpyinfo->height = (short) HIWORD (msg.msg.lParam); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3060 dpyinfo->n_cbits = msg.msg.wParam; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3061 DebPrint (("display change: %d %d\n", dpyinfo->width, |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3062 dpyinfo->height)); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3063 } |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3064 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3065 check_visibility = 1; |
13434 | 3066 break; |
3067 } | |
3068 } | |
3069 | |
3070 /* If the focus was just given to an autoraising frame, | |
3071 raise it now. */ | |
3072 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */ | |
3073 if (pending_autoraise_frame) | |
3074 { | |
3075 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame); | |
3076 pending_autoraise_frame = 0; | |
3077 } | |
3078 | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3079 /* Check which frames are still visisble, if we have enqueued any user |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3080 events or been notified of events that may affect visibility. We |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3081 do this here because there doesn't seem to be any direct |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3082 notification from Windows that the visibility of a window has |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3083 changed (at least, not in all cases). */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3084 if (count > 0 || check_visibility) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3085 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3086 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3087 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3088 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3089 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3090 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (frame); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3091 /* Check "visible" frames and mark each as obscured or not. |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3092 Note that async_visible is nonzero for unobscured and |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3093 obscured frames, but zero for hidden and iconified frames. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3094 if (FRAME_W32_P (f) && f->async_visible) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3095 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3096 RECT clipbox; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3097 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3098 GetClipBox (hdc, &clipbox); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3099 release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3100 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3101 if (clipbox.right == clipbox.left |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3102 || clipbox.bottom == clipbox.top) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3103 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3104 /* Frame has become completely obscured so mark as |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3105 such (we do this by setting async_visible to 2 so |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3106 that FRAME_VISIBLE_P is still true, but redisplay |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3107 will skip it). */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3108 f->async_visible = 2; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3109 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3110 if (!FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f)) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3111 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3112 DebPrint (("frame %04x (%s) obscured\n", f, |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3113 XSTRING (f->name)->data)); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3114 } |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3115 } |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3116 else |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3117 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3118 /* Frame is not obscured, so mark it as such. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3119 f->async_visible = 1; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3120 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3121 if (FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f)) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3122 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3123 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3124 DebPrint (("frame %04x (%s) reexposed\n", f, |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3125 XSTRING (f->name)->data)); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3126 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3127 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3128 record_asynch_buffer_change (); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3129 } |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3130 } |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3131 } |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3132 } |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3133 } |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3134 |
13434 | 3135 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
3136 return count; | |
3137 } | |
3138 | |
3139 /* Drawing the cursor. */ | |
3140 | |
3141 | |
3142 /* Draw a hollow box cursor. Don't change the inside of the box. */ | |
3143 | |
3144 static void | |
3145 x_draw_box (f) | |
3146 struct frame *f; | |
3147 { | |
3148 RECT rect; | |
3149 HBRUSH hb; | |
3150 HDC hdc; | |
3151 | |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
3152 hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
13434 | 3153 |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3154 hb = CreateSolidBrush (f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel); |
13434 | 3155 |
3156 rect.left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x); | |
3157 rect.top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y); | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3158 rect.right = rect.left + FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font); |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3159 rect.bottom = rect.top + f->output_data.w32->line_height; |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
3160 |
13434 | 3161 FrameRect (hdc, &rect, hb); |
3162 DeleteObject (hb); | |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
3163 |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
3164 release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
13434 | 3165 } |
3166 | |
3167 /* Clear the cursor of frame F to background color, | |
3168 and mark the cursor as not shown. | |
3169 This is used when the text where the cursor is | |
3170 is about to be rewritten. */ | |
3171 | |
3172 static void | |
3173 clear_cursor (f) | |
3174 struct frame *f; | |
3175 { | |
3176 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) | |
3177 || f->phys_cursor_x < 0) | |
3178 return; | |
3179 | |
3180 x_display_cursor (f, 0); | |
3181 f->phys_cursor_x = -1; | |
3182 } | |
3183 | |
3184 /* Redraw the glyph at ROW, COLUMN on frame F, in the style | |
3185 HIGHLIGHT. HIGHLIGHT is as defined for dumpglyphs. Return the | |
3186 glyph drawn. */ | |
3187 | |
3188 static void | |
3189 x_draw_single_glyph (f, row, column, glyph, highlight) | |
3190 struct frame *f; | |
3191 int row, column; | |
3192 GLYPH glyph; | |
3193 int highlight; | |
3194 { | |
3195 dumpglyphs (f, | |
3196 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, column), | |
3197 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, row), | |
3198 &glyph, 1, highlight, 0); | |
3199 } | |
3200 | |
3201 static void | |
3202 x_display_bar_cursor (f, on) | |
3203 struct frame *f; | |
3204 int on; | |
3205 { | |
3206 struct frame_glyphs *current_glyphs = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f); | |
3207 | |
3208 /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged | |
3209 frames; in the latter case, the frame may be in the midst of | |
3210 changing its size, and curs_x and curs_y may be off the frame. */ | |
3211 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)) | |
3212 return; | |
3213 | |
3214 if (! on && f->phys_cursor_x < 0) | |
3215 return; | |
3216 | |
3217 /* If there is anything wrong with the current cursor state, remove it. */ | |
3218 if (f->phys_cursor_x >= 0 | |
3219 && (!on | |
3220 || f->phys_cursor_x != curs_x | |
3221 || f->phys_cursor_y != curs_y | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3222 || f->output_data.w32->current_cursor != bar_cursor)) |
13434 | 3223 { |
3224 /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */ | |
3225 x_draw_single_glyph (f, f->phys_cursor_y, f->phys_cursor_x, | |
3226 f->phys_cursor_glyph, | |
3227 current_glyphs->highlight[f->phys_cursor_y]); | |
3228 f->phys_cursor_x = -1; | |
3229 } | |
3230 | |
3231 /* If we now need a cursor in the new place or in the new form, do it so. */ | |
3232 if (on | |
3233 && (f->phys_cursor_x < 0 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3234 || (f->output_data.w32->current_cursor != bar_cursor))) |
13434 | 3235 { |
3236 f->phys_cursor_glyph | |
3237 = ((current_glyphs->enable[curs_y] | |
3238 && curs_x < current_glyphs->used[curs_y]) | |
3239 ? current_glyphs->glyphs[curs_y][curs_x] | |
3240 : SPACEGLYPH); | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3241 w32_fill_area (f, NULL, f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel, |
13434 | 3242 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x), |
3243 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y), | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3244 max (f->output_data.w32->cursor_width, 1), |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3245 f->output_data.w32->line_height); |
13434 | 3246 |
3247 f->phys_cursor_x = curs_x; | |
3248 f->phys_cursor_y = curs_y; | |
3249 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3250 f->output_data.w32->current_cursor = bar_cursor; |
13434 | 3251 } |
3252 } | |
3253 | |
3254 | |
3255 /* Turn the displayed cursor of frame F on or off according to ON. | |
3256 If ON is nonzero, where to put the cursor is specified | |
3257 by F->cursor_x and F->cursor_y. */ | |
3258 | |
3259 static void | |
3260 x_display_box_cursor (f, on) | |
3261 struct frame *f; | |
3262 int on; | |
3263 { | |
3264 struct frame_glyphs *current_glyphs = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f); | |
3265 | |
3266 /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged | |
3267 frames; in the latter case, the frame may be in the midst of | |
3268 changing its size, and curs_x and curs_y may be off the frame. */ | |
3269 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)) | |
3270 return; | |
3271 | |
3272 /* If cursor is off and we want it off, return quickly. */ | |
3273 if (!on && f->phys_cursor_x < 0) | |
3274 return; | |
3275 | |
3276 /* If cursor is currently being shown and we don't want it to be | |
3277 or it is in the wrong place, | |
3278 or we want a hollow box and it's not so, (pout!) | |
3279 erase it. */ | |
3280 if (f->phys_cursor_x >= 0 | |
3281 && (!on | |
3282 || f->phys_cursor_x != curs_x | |
3283 || f->phys_cursor_y != curs_y | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3284 || (f->output_data.w32->current_cursor != hollow_box_cursor |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3285 && (f != FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_highlight_frame)))) |
13434 | 3286 { |
3287 int mouse_face_here = 0; | |
3288 struct frame_glyphs *active_glyphs = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f); | |
3289 | |
3290 /* If the cursor is in the mouse face area, redisplay that when | |
3291 we clear the cursor. */ | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3292 if (f == FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3293 && (f->phys_cursor_y > FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3294 || (f->phys_cursor_y == FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3295 && f->phys_cursor_x >= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col)) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3296 && (f->phys_cursor_y < FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3297 || (f->phys_cursor_y == FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3298 && f->phys_cursor_x < FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col)) |
13434 | 3299 /* Don't redraw the cursor's spot in mouse face |
3300 if it is at the end of a line (on a newline). | |
3301 The cursor appears there, but mouse highlighting does not. */ | |
3302 && active_glyphs->used[f->phys_cursor_y] > f->phys_cursor_x) | |
3303 mouse_face_here = 1; | |
3304 | |
3305 /* If the font is not as tall as a whole line, | |
3306 we must explicitly clear the line's whole height. */ | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3307 if (FONT_HEIGHT (f->output_data.w32->font) != f->output_data.w32->line_height) |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3308 w32_clear_area (f, NULL, |
13434 | 3309 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, f->phys_cursor_x), |
3310 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, f->phys_cursor_y), | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3311 FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font), |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3312 f->output_data.w32->line_height); |
13434 | 3313 /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */ |
3314 x_draw_single_glyph (f, f->phys_cursor_y, f->phys_cursor_x, | |
3315 f->phys_cursor_glyph, | |
3316 (mouse_face_here | |
3317 ? 3 | |
3318 : current_glyphs->highlight[f->phys_cursor_y])); | |
3319 f->phys_cursor_x = -1; | |
3320 } | |
3321 | |
3322 /* If we want to show a cursor, | |
3323 or we want a box cursor and it's not so, | |
3324 write it in the right place. */ | |
3325 if (on | |
3326 && (f->phys_cursor_x < 0 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3327 || (f->output_data.w32->current_cursor != filled_box_cursor |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3328 && f == FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_highlight_frame))) |
13434 | 3329 { |
3330 f->phys_cursor_glyph | |
3331 = ((current_glyphs->enable[curs_y] | |
3332 && curs_x < current_glyphs->used[curs_y]) | |
3333 ? current_glyphs->glyphs[curs_y][curs_x] | |
3334 : SPACEGLYPH); | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3335 if (f != FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_highlight_frame) |
13434 | 3336 { |
3337 x_draw_box (f); | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3338 f->output_data.w32->current_cursor = hollow_box_cursor; |
13434 | 3339 } |
3340 else | |
3341 { | |
3342 x_draw_single_glyph (f, curs_y, curs_x, | |
3343 f->phys_cursor_glyph, 2); | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3344 f->output_data.w32->current_cursor = filled_box_cursor; |
13434 | 3345 } |
3346 | |
3347 f->phys_cursor_x = curs_x; | |
3348 f->phys_cursor_y = curs_y; | |
3349 } | |
3350 } | |
3351 | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3352 /* Display the cursor on frame F, or clear it, according to ON. |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3353 Use the position specified by curs_x and curs_y |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3354 if we are doing an update of frame F now. |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3355 Otherwise use the position in the FRAME_CURSOR_X and FRAME_CURSOR_Y fields |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3356 of F. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3357 |
13434 | 3358 x_display_cursor (f, on) |
3359 struct frame *f; | |
3360 int on; | |
3361 { | |
3362 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
3363 | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3364 /* If we're not updating, then we want to use the current frame's |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3365 cursor position, not our local idea of where the cursor ought to be. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3366 if (f != updating_frame) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3367 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3368 curs_x = FRAME_CURSOR_X (f); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3369 curs_y = FRAME_CURSOR_Y (f); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3370 } |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3371 |
13434 | 3372 if (FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) == filled_box_cursor) |
3373 x_display_box_cursor (f, on); | |
3374 else if (FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) == bar_cursor) | |
3375 x_display_bar_cursor (f, on); | |
3376 else | |
3377 /* Those are the only two we have implemented! */ | |
3378 abort (); | |
3379 | |
3380 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
3381 } | |
3382 | |
3383 /* Changing the font of the frame. */ | |
3384 | |
3385 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and | |
3386 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard | |
3387 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern. | |
3388 The return value shows which font we chose. */ | |
3389 | |
3390 Lisp_Object | |
3391 x_new_font (f, fontname) | |
3392 struct frame *f; | |
3393 register char *fontname; | |
3394 { | |
3395 int already_loaded; | |
3396 int n_matching_fonts; | |
3397 XFontStruct *font_info; | |
3398 char new_font_name[101]; | |
3399 | |
3400 /* Get a font which matches this name */ | |
3401 { | |
3402 LOGFONT lf; | |
3403 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3404 if (!x_to_w32_font(fontname, &lf) |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3405 || !w32_to_x_font(&lf, new_font_name, 100)) |
13434 | 3406 { |
3407 return Qnil; | |
3408 } | |
3409 } | |
3410 | |
3411 /* See if we've already loaded a matching font. */ | |
3412 already_loaded = -1; | |
3413 | |
3414 { | |
3415 int i; | |
3416 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3417 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_fonts; i++) |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3418 if (!strcmp (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[i].name, new_font_name)) |
13434 | 3419 { |
3420 already_loaded = i; | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3421 fontname = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[i].name; |
13434 | 3422 break; |
3423 } | |
3424 } | |
3425 | |
3426 /* If we have, just return it from the table. */ | |
3427 if (already_loaded >= 0) | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3428 f->output_data.w32->font = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[already_loaded].font; |
13434 | 3429 /* Otherwise, load the font and add it to the table. */ |
3430 else | |
3431 { | |
3432 XFontStruct *font; | |
3433 int n_fonts; | |
3434 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3435 font = w32_load_font(FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f), fontname); |
13434 | 3436 |
3437 if (! font) | |
3438 { | |
3439 return Qnil; | |
3440 } | |
3441 | |
3442 /* Do we need to create the table? */ | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3443 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size == 0) |
13434 | 3444 { |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3445 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size = 16; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3446 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3447 = (struct font_info *) xmalloc (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size |
13434 | 3448 * sizeof (struct font_info)); |
3449 } | |
3450 /* Do we need to grow the table? */ | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3451 else if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_fonts |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3452 >= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size) |
13434 | 3453 { |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3454 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size *= 2; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3455 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3456 = (struct font_info *) xrealloc (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table, |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3457 (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size |
13434 | 3458 * sizeof (struct font_info))); |
3459 } | |
3460 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3461 n_fonts = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_fonts; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3462 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[n_fonts].name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname) + 1); |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3463 bcopy (fontname, FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[n_fonts].name, strlen (fontname) + 1); |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3464 f->output_data.w32->font = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[n_fonts].font = font; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3465 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_fonts++; |
13434 | 3466 } |
3467 | |
3468 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */ | |
3469 if (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width > 0) | |
3470 { | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3471 int wid = FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font); |
13434 | 3472 f->scroll_bar_cols = (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width + wid-1) / wid; |
3473 } | |
3474 else | |
3475 f->scroll_bar_cols = 2; | |
3476 | |
3477 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */ | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3478 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0) |
13434 | 3479 { |
3480 frame_update_line_height (f); | |
3481 x_set_window_size (f, 0, f->width, f->height); | |
3482 } | |
3483 else | |
3484 /* If we are setting a new frame's font for the first time, | |
3485 there are no faces yet, so this font's height is the line height. */ | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3486 f->output_data.w32->line_height = FONT_HEIGHT (f->output_data.w32->font); |
13434 | 3487 |
3488 { | |
3489 Lisp_Object lispy_name; | |
3490 | |
3491 lispy_name = build_string (fontname); | |
3492 | |
3493 return lispy_name; | |
3494 } | |
3495 } | |
3496 | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3497 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3498 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3499 |
13434 | 3500 x_calc_absolute_position (f) |
3501 struct frame *f; | |
3502 { | |
3503 Window win, child; | |
3504 POINT pt; | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3505 int flags = f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags; |
13434 | 3506 |
3507 pt.x = pt.y = 0; | |
3508 | |
3509 /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of | |
3510 the inner window, with respect to the outer window. */ | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3511 if (f->output_data.w32->parent_desc != FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window) |
13434 | 3512 { |
3513 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3514 MapWindowPoints (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3515 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc, |
13434 | 3516 &pt, 1); |
3517 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
3518 } | |
3519 | |
3520 { | |
3521 RECT rt; | |
3522 rt.left = rt.right = rt.top = rt.bottom = 0; | |
3523 | |
3524 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3525 AdjustWindowRect(&rt, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle, |
14351
fb2ce4ebc871
ubackout 1.3 and 1.4
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14248
diff
changeset
|
3526 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f)); |
13434 | 3527 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
3528 | |
3529 pt.x += (rt.right - rt.left); | |
3530 pt.y += (rt.bottom - rt.top); | |
3531 } | |
3532 | |
3533 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost | |
3534 position that fits on the screen. */ | |
3535 if (flags & XNegative) | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3536 f->output_data.w32->left_pos = (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3537 - 2 * f->output_data.w32->border_width - pt.x |
13434 | 3538 - PIXEL_WIDTH (f) |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3539 + f->output_data.w32->left_pos); |
13434 | 3540 |
3541 if (flags & YNegative) | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3542 f->output_data.w32->top_pos = (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3543 - 2 * f->output_data.w32->border_width - pt.y |
13434 | 3544 - PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3545 + f->output_data.w32->top_pos); |
13434 | 3546 /* The left_pos and top_pos |
3547 are now relative to the top and left screen edges, | |
3548 so the flags should correspond. */ | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3549 f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative); |
13434 | 3550 } |
3551 | |
3552 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position, | |
3553 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from | |
3554 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current | |
3555 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters, | |
3556 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */ | |
3557 | |
3558 x_set_offset (f, xoff, yoff, change_gravity) | |
3559 struct frame *f; | |
3560 register int xoff, yoff; | |
3561 int change_gravity; | |
3562 { | |
3563 int modified_top, modified_left; | |
3564 | |
3565 if (change_gravity > 0) | |
3566 { | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3567 f->output_data.w32->top_pos = yoff; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3568 f->output_data.w32->left_pos = xoff; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3569 f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative); |
13434 | 3570 if (xoff < 0) |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3571 f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags |= XNegative; |
13434 | 3572 if (yoff < 0) |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3573 f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags |= YNegative; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3574 f->output_data.w32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity; |
13434 | 3575 } |
3576 x_calc_absolute_position (f); | |
3577 | |
3578 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
3579 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0); | |
3580 | |
3581 /* It is a mystery why we need to add the border_width here | |
3582 when the frame is already visible, but experiment says we do. */ | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3583 modified_left = f->output_data.w32->left_pos; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3584 modified_top = f->output_data.w32->top_pos; |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3585 #ifndef HAVE_NTGUI |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3586 /* Do not add in border widths under W32. */ |
13434 | 3587 if (change_gravity != 0) |
3588 { | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3589 modified_left += f->output_data.w32->border_width; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3590 modified_top += f->output_data.w32->border_width; |
13434 | 3591 } |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3592 #endif |
13434 | 3593 |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3594 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
3595 NULL, |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
3596 modified_left, modified_top, |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
3597 0,0, |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3598 SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); |
13434 | 3599 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
3600 } | |
3601 | |
3602 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window. | |
3603 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity | |
3604 for this size change and subsequent size changes. | |
3605 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */ | |
3606 | |
3607 x_set_window_size (f, change_gravity, cols, rows) | |
3608 struct frame *f; | |
3609 int change_gravity; | |
3610 int cols, rows; | |
3611 { | |
3612 int pixelwidth, pixelheight; | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3613 Lisp_Object window; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3614 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info; |
13434 | 3615 |
3616 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
3617 | |
3618 check_frame_size (f, &rows, &cols); | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3619 f->output_data.w32->vertical_scroll_bar_extra |
13434 | 3620 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f) |
3621 ? 0 | |
3622 : FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0 | |
3623 ? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3624 : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font))); |
13434 | 3625 pixelwidth = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols); |
3626 pixelheight = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows); | |
3627 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3628 f->output_data.w32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity; |
13434 | 3629 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0); |
3630 | |
3631 { | |
3632 RECT rect; | |
3633 | |
3634 rect.left = rect.top = 0; | |
3635 rect.right = pixelwidth; | |
3636 rect.bottom = pixelheight; | |
3637 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3638 AdjustWindowRect(&rect, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle, |
14351
fb2ce4ebc871
ubackout 1.3 and 1.4
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14248
diff
changeset
|
3639 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f)); |
13434 | 3640 |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3641 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
3642 NULL, |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
3643 0, 0, |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3644 rect.right - rect.left, |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3645 rect.bottom - rect.top, |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3646 SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); |
13434 | 3647 } |
3648 | |
3649 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate, | |
3650 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size | |
3651 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the | |
3652 ConfigureNotify event gets here. | |
3653 | |
3654 We could just not bother storing any of this information here, | |
3655 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that | |
3656 might be kind of confusing to the lisp code, since size changes | |
3657 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random | |
3658 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives. */ | |
3659 change_frame_size (f, rows, cols, 0, 0); | |
3660 PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = pixelwidth; | |
3661 PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = pixelheight; | |
3662 | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3663 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3664 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3665 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3666 we have to make sure to do it here. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3667 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3668 |
13434 | 3669 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */ |
3670 if (f->phys_cursor_y >= rows | |
3671 || f->phys_cursor_x >= cols) | |
3672 { | |
3673 f->phys_cursor_x = -1; | |
3674 f->phys_cursor_y = -1; | |
3675 } | |
3676 | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3677 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was, |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3678 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size. |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3679 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck, |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3680 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3681 window = dpyinfo->mouse_face_window; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3682 if (! NILP (window) && XFRAME (window) == f) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3683 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3684 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3685 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3686 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3687 } |
13434 | 3688 |
3689 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
3690 } | |
3691 | |
3692 /* Mouse warping. */ | |
3693 | |
3694 void | |
15616
a73836346910
(x_set_mouse_pixel_position): Adjust coords by frame position.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
15435
diff
changeset
|
3695 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y) |
a73836346910
(x_set_mouse_pixel_position): Adjust coords by frame position.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
15435
diff
changeset
|
3696 struct frame *f; |
a73836346910
(x_set_mouse_pixel_position): Adjust coords by frame position.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
15435
diff
changeset
|
3697 int pix_x, pix_y; |
a73836346910
(x_set_mouse_pixel_position): Adjust coords by frame position.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
15435
diff
changeset
|
3698 { |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3699 RECT rect; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3700 POINT pt; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3701 |
15616
a73836346910
(x_set_mouse_pixel_position): Adjust coords by frame position.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
15435
diff
changeset
|
3702 BLOCK_INPUT; |
a73836346910
(x_set_mouse_pixel_position): Adjust coords by frame position.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
15435
diff
changeset
|
3703 |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3704 GetClientRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3705 pt.x = rect.left + pix_x; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3706 pt.y = rect.top + pix_y; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3707 ClientToScreen (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &pt); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3708 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3709 SetCursorPos (pt.x, pt.y); |
15616
a73836346910
(x_set_mouse_pixel_position): Adjust coords by frame position.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
15435
diff
changeset
|
3710 |
a73836346910
(x_set_mouse_pixel_position): Adjust coords by frame position.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
15435
diff
changeset
|
3711 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
a73836346910
(x_set_mouse_pixel_position): Adjust coords by frame position.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
15435
diff
changeset
|
3712 } |
a73836346910
(x_set_mouse_pixel_position): Adjust coords by frame position.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
15435
diff
changeset
|
3713 |
a73836346910
(x_set_mouse_pixel_position): Adjust coords by frame position.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
15435
diff
changeset
|
3714 void |
13434 | 3715 x_set_mouse_position (f, x, y) |
3716 struct frame *f; | |
3717 int x, y; | |
3718 { | |
3719 int pix_x, pix_y; | |
3720 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3721 pix_x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x) + FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font) / 2; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3722 pix_y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y) + f->output_data.w32->line_height / 2; |
13434 | 3723 |
3724 if (pix_x < 0) pix_x = 0; | |
3725 if (pix_x > PIXEL_WIDTH (f)) pix_x = PIXEL_WIDTH (f); | |
3726 | |
3727 if (pix_y < 0) pix_y = 0; | |
3728 if (pix_y > PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)) pix_y = PIXEL_HEIGHT (f); | |
3729 | |
15616
a73836346910
(x_set_mouse_pixel_position): Adjust coords by frame position.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
15435
diff
changeset
|
3730 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y); |
13434 | 3731 } |
3732 | |
3733 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */ | |
3734 | |
3735 x_focus_on_frame (f) | |
3736 struct frame *f; | |
3737 { | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3738 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3739 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3740 /* Give input focus to frame. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3741 BLOCK_INPUT; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3742 #if 0 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3743 /* Try not to change its Z-order if possible. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3744 if (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, GetForegroundWindow ())) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3745 my_set_focus (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f)); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3746 else |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3747 #endif |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3748 SetForegroundWindow (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f)); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3749 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
13434 | 3750 } |
3751 | |
3752 x_unfocus_frame (f) | |
3753 struct frame *f; | |
3754 { | |
3755 } | |
3756 | |
3757 /* Raise frame F. */ | |
3758 | |
3759 x_raise_frame (f) | |
3760 struct frame *f; | |
3761 { | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3762 BLOCK_INPUT; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3763 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3764 /* Strictly speaking, raise-frame should only change the frame's Z |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3765 order, leaving input focus unchanged. This is reasonable behaviour |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3766 on X where the usual policy is point-to-focus. However, this |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3767 behaviour would be very odd on Windows where the usual policy is |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3768 click-to-focus. |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3769 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3770 On X, if the mouse happens to be over the raised frame, it gets |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3771 input focus anyway (so the window with focus will never be |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3772 completely obscured) - if not, then just moving the mouse over it |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3773 is sufficient to give it focus. On Windows, the user must actually |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3774 click on the frame (preferrably the title bar so as not to move |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3775 point), which is more awkward. Also, no other Windows program |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3776 raises a window to the top but leaves another window (possibly now |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3777 completely obscured) with input focus. |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3778 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3779 Because there is a system setting on Windows that allows the user |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3780 to choose the point to focus policy, we make the strict semantics |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3781 optional, but by default we grab focus when raising. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3782 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3783 if (NILP (Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise)) |
13434 | 3784 { |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3785 /* The obvious call to my_set_window_pos doesn't work if Emacs is |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3786 not already the foreground application: the frame is raised |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3787 above all other frames belonging to us, but not above the |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3788 current top window. To achieve that, we have to resort to this |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3789 more cumbersome method. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3790 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3791 HDWP handle = BeginDeferWindowPos (2); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3792 if (handle) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3793 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3794 DeferWindowPos (handle, |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3795 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3796 HWND_TOP, |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3797 0, 0, 0, 0, |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3798 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3799 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3800 DeferWindowPos (handle, |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3801 GetForegroundWindow (), |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3802 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3803 0, 0, 0, 0, |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3804 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3805 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3806 EndDeferWindowPos (handle); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3807 } |
13434 | 3808 } |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3809 else |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3810 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3811 SetForegroundWindow (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f)); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3812 } |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3813 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3814 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
13434 | 3815 } |
3816 | |
3817 /* Lower frame F. */ | |
3818 | |
3819 x_lower_frame (f) | |
3820 struct frame *f; | |
3821 { | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3822 BLOCK_INPUT; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3823 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3824 HWND_BOTTOM, |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3825 0, 0, 0, 0, |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3826 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3827 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
13434 | 3828 } |
3829 | |
3830 static void | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3831 w32_frame_raise_lower (f, raise) |
13434 | 3832 FRAME_PTR f; |
3833 int raise; | |
3834 { | |
3835 if (raise) | |
3836 x_raise_frame (f); | |
3837 else | |
3838 x_lower_frame (f); | |
3839 } | |
3840 | |
3841 /* Change of visibility. */ | |
3842 | |
3843 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible. | |
3844 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position | |
3845 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that. | |
3846 The frame will not actually be visible at that time, | |
3847 but it will become visible later when the window manager | |
3848 finishes with it. */ | |
3849 | |
3850 x_make_frame_visible (f) | |
3851 struct frame *f; | |
3852 { | |
3853 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
3854 | |
3855 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) | |
3856 { | |
3857 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't | |
3858 call x_set_offset a second time | |
3859 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time | |
3860 before the window gets really visible. */ | |
3861 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3862 && ! f->output_data.w32->asked_for_visible) |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3863 x_set_offset (f, f->output_data.w32->left_pos, f->output_data.w32->top_pos, 0); |
13434 | 3864 |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3865 f->output_data.w32->asked_for_visible = 1; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3866 |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3867 // my_show_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), f->async_iconified ? SW_RESTORE : SW_SHOW); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3868 my_show_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), SW_SHOWNORMAL); |
13434 | 3869 } |
3870 | |
3871 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible | |
3872 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked | |
3873 so that incoming events are handled. */ | |
3874 { | |
3875 Lisp_Object frame; | |
3876 int count = input_signal_count; | |
3877 | |
3878 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */ | |
3879 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
3880 | |
3881 XSETFRAME (frame, f); | |
3882 | |
3883 while (1) | |
3884 { | |
3885 /* Once we have handled input events, | |
3886 we should have received the MapNotify if one is coming. | |
3887 So if we have not got it yet, stop looping. | |
3888 Some window managers make their own decisions | |
3889 about visibility. */ | |
3890 if (input_signal_count != count) | |
3891 break; | |
3892 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been observed | |
3893 to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an alarm signal | |
3894 to let the handler know that there's something to be read. | |
3895 We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems that the handler | |
3896 isn't always enabled here. This is probably a bug. */ | |
3897 if (input_polling_used ()) | |
3898 { | |
3899 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while processing | |
3900 the fake one. Turn it off and let the handler reset it. */ | |
3901 alarm (0); | |
3902 input_poll_signal (); | |
3903 } | |
3904 /* Once we have handled input events, | |
3905 we should have received the MapNotify if one is coming. | |
3906 So if we have not got it yet, stop looping. | |
3907 Some window managers make their own decisions | |
3908 about visibility. */ | |
3909 if (input_signal_count != count) | |
3910 break; | |
3911 } | |
3912 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f); | |
3913 } | |
3914 } | |
3915 | |
3916 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */ | |
3917 | |
3918 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */ | |
3919 | |
3920 x_make_frame_invisible (f) | |
3921 struct frame *f; | |
3922 { | |
3923 Window window; | |
3924 | |
3925 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */ | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3926 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_highlight_frame == f) |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3927 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_highlight_frame = 0; |
13434 | 3928 |
3929 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
3930 | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3931 my_show_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), SW_HIDE); |
13434 | 3932 |
3933 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification | |
3934 just by the event that we get from the server. | |
3935 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting | |
3936 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand, | |
3937 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */ | |
3938 f->visible = 0; | |
3939 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) = 0; | |
3940 f->async_visible = 0; | |
3941 f->async_iconified = 0; | |
3942 | |
3943 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
3944 } | |
3945 | |
3946 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */ | |
3947 | |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
3948 void |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
3949 x_iconify_frame (f) |
13434 | 3950 struct frame *f; |
3951 { | |
3952 int result; | |
3953 | |
3954 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */ | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3955 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_highlight_frame == f) |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3956 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_highlight_frame = 0; |
13434 | 3957 |
3958 if (f->async_iconified) | |
3959 return; | |
3960 | |
3961 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
3962 | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3963 /* Simulate the user minimizing the frame. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
3964 PostMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_SYSCOMMAND, SC_MINIMIZE, 0); |
13434 | 3965 |
3966 f->async_iconified = 1; | |
3967 | |
3968 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
3969 } | |
3970 | |
3971 /* Destroy the window of frame F. */ | |
3972 | |
3973 x_destroy_window (f) | |
3974 struct frame *f; | |
3975 { | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3976 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
13434 | 3977 |
3978 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
3979 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3980 my_destroy_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f)); |
13434 | 3981 free_frame_menubar (f); |
3982 free_frame_faces (f); | |
3983 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3984 xfree (f->output_data.w32); |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3985 f->output_data.w32 = 0; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3986 if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame) |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3987 dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame = 0; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3988 if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame) |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3989 dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame = 0; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3990 if (f == dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame) |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
3991 dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame = 0; |
13434 | 3992 |
3993 dpyinfo->reference_count--; | |
3994 | |
3995 if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) | |
3996 { | |
3997 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row | |
3998 = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; | |
3999 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row | |
4000 = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; | |
4001 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; | |
4002 } | |
4003 | |
4004 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
4005 } | |
4006 | |
4007 /* Setting window manager hints. */ | |
4008 | |
4009 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F. | |
4010 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags | |
4011 that the window now has. | |
4012 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition | |
4013 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */ | |
4014 | |
4015 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position) | |
4016 struct frame *f; | |
4017 long flags; | |
4018 int user_position; | |
4019 { | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4020 Window window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f); |
13434 | 4021 |
4022 flexlines = f->height; | |
4023 | |
14351
fb2ce4ebc871
ubackout 1.3 and 1.4
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14248
diff
changeset
|
4024 enter_crit (); |
13434 | 4025 |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4026 SetWindowLong (window, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX, FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font)); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4027 SetWindowLong (window, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX, f->output_data.w32->line_height); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4028 SetWindowLong (window, WND_BORDER_INDEX, f->output_data.w32->internal_border_width); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4029 SetWindowLong (window, WND_SCROLLBAR_INDEX, f->output_data.w32->vertical_scroll_bar_extra); |
13434 | 4030 |
14351
fb2ce4ebc871
ubackout 1.3 and 1.4
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14248
diff
changeset
|
4031 leave_crit (); |
13434 | 4032 } |
4033 | |
4034 /* Window manager things */ | |
4035 x_wm_set_icon_position (f, icon_x, icon_y) | |
4036 struct frame *f; | |
4037 int icon_x, icon_y; | |
4038 { | |
4039 #if 0 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4040 Window window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f); |
13434 | 4041 |
4042 f->display.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPositionHint; | |
4043 f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_x = icon_x; | |
4044 f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_y = icon_y; | |
4045 | |
4046 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->display.x->wm_hints); | |
4047 #endif | |
4048 } | |
4049 | |
4050 | |
4051 /* Initialization. */ | |
4052 | |
4053 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT | |
4054 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options[] = { | |
4055 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL}, | |
4056 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg, (XtPointer) "yes"}, | |
4057 | |
4058 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", | |
4059 XrmoptionSepArg, NULL}, | |
4060 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL}, | |
4061 | |
4062 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, | |
4063 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, | |
4064 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, | |
4065 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, | |
4066 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, | |
4067 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, | |
4068 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL} | |
4069 }; | |
4070 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
4071 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4072 static int w32_initialized = 0; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4073 |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4074 struct w32_display_info * |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4075 w32_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name) |
13434 | 4076 Lisp_Object display_name; |
4077 char *xrm_option; | |
4078 char *resource_name; | |
4079 { | |
4080 Lisp_Object frame; | |
4081 char *defaultvalue; | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4082 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo; |
13434 | 4083 HDC hdc; |
14351
fb2ce4ebc871
ubackout 1.3 and 1.4
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14248
diff
changeset
|
4084 |
13434 | 4085 BLOCK_INPUT; |
4086 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4087 if (!w32_initialized) |
13434 | 4088 { |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4089 w32_initialize (); |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4090 w32_initialized = 1; |
13434 | 4091 } |
4092 | |
4093 { | |
4094 int argc = 0; | |
4095 char *argv[3]; | |
4096 | |
4097 argv[0] = ""; | |
4098 argc = 1; | |
4099 if (xrm_option) | |
4100 { | |
4101 argv[argc++] = "-xrm"; | |
4102 argv[argc++] = xrm_option; | |
4103 } | |
4104 } | |
4105 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4106 dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info; |
13434 | 4107 |
4108 /* Put this display on the chain. */ | |
4109 dpyinfo->next = NULL; | |
4110 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4111 /* Put it on w32_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */ |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4112 w32_display_name_list = Fcons (Fcons (display_name, Qnil), |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4113 w32_display_name_list); |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4114 dpyinfo->name_list_element = XCONS (w32_display_name_list)->car; |
14351
fb2ce4ebc871
ubackout 1.3 and 1.4
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
14248
diff
changeset
|
4115 |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4116 dpyinfo->w32_id_name |
13434 | 4117 = (char *) xmalloc (XSTRING (Vinvocation_name)->size |
4118 + XSTRING (Vsystem_name)->size | |
4119 + 2); | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4120 sprintf (dpyinfo->w32_id_name, "%s@%s", |
13434 | 4121 XSTRING (Vinvocation_name)->data, XSTRING (Vsystem_name)->data); |
4122 | |
4123 #if 0 | |
4124 xrdb = x_load_resources (dpyinfo->display, xrm_option, | |
4125 resource_name, EMACS_CLASS); | |
4126 | |
4127 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on | |
4128 all versions. */ | |
4129 dpyinfo->xrdb = xrdb; | |
4130 #endif | |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4131 hdc = GetDC (GetDesktopWindow ()); |
13434 | 4132 |
4133 dpyinfo->height = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTRES); | |
4134 dpyinfo->width = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZRES); | |
4135 dpyinfo->root_window = GetDesktopWindow (); | |
4136 dpyinfo->n_planes = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, PLANES); | |
4137 dpyinfo->n_cbits = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, BITSPIXEL); | |
4138 dpyinfo->height_in = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, LOGPIXELSX); | |
4139 dpyinfo->width_in = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, LOGPIXELSY); | |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4140 dpyinfo->has_palette = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, RASTERCAPS) & RC_PALETTE; |
13434 | 4141 dpyinfo->grabbed = 0; |
4142 dpyinfo->reference_count = 0; | |
4143 dpyinfo->n_fonts = 0; | |
4144 dpyinfo->font_table_size = 0; | |
4145 dpyinfo->bitmaps = 0; | |
4146 dpyinfo->bitmaps_size = 0; | |
4147 dpyinfo->bitmaps_last = 0; | |
4148 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0; | |
4149 dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0; | |
4150 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; | |
4151 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; | |
4152 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = 0; | |
4153 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; | |
4154 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x = dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y = 0; | |
4155 dpyinfo->mouse_face_defer = 0; | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4156 dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame = 0; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4157 dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame = 0; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4158 dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame = 0; |
13434 | 4159 |
4160 ReleaseDC (GetDesktopWindow (), hdc); | |
4161 | |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4162 /* Determine if there is a middle mouse button, to allow parse_button |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4163 to decide whether right mouse events should be mouse-2 or |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4164 mouse-3. */ |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4165 XSETINT (Vw32_num_mouse_buttons, GetSystemMetrics (SM_CMOUSEBUTTONS)); |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4166 |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4167 /* initialise palette with white and black */ |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4168 { |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4169 COLORREF color; |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4170 defined_color (0, "white", &color, 1); |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4171 defined_color (0, "black", &color, 1); |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4172 } |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4173 |
13434 | 4174 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG |
4175 #ifdef F_SETOWN | |
4176 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG | |
4177 /* stdin is a socket here */ | |
4178 fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, -getpid ()); | |
4179 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */ | |
4180 fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, getpid ()); | |
4181 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */ | |
4182 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */ | |
4183 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */ | |
4184 | |
4185 #ifdef SIGIO | |
4186 if (interrupt_input) | |
4187 init_sigio (connection); | |
4188 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */ | |
4189 | |
4190 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
4191 | |
4192 return dpyinfo; | |
4193 } | |
4194 | |
4195 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone. */ | |
4196 | |
4197 void | |
4198 x_delete_display (dpyinfo) | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4199 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo; |
13434 | 4200 { |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4201 /* Discard this display from w32_display_name_list and w32_display_list. |
13434 | 4202 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */ |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4203 if (! NILP (w32_display_name_list) |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4204 && EQ (XCONS (w32_display_name_list)->car, dpyinfo->name_list_element)) |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4205 w32_display_name_list = XCONS (w32_display_name_list)->cdr; |
13434 | 4206 else |
4207 { | |
4208 Lisp_Object tail; | |
4209 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4210 tail = w32_display_name_list; |
13434 | 4211 while (CONSP (tail) && CONSP (XCONS (tail)->cdr)) |
4212 { | |
4213 if (EQ (XCONS (XCONS (tail)->cdr)->car, | |
4214 dpyinfo->name_list_element)) | |
4215 { | |
4216 XCONS (tail)->cdr = XCONS (XCONS (tail)->cdr)->cdr; | |
4217 break; | |
4218 } | |
4219 tail = XCONS (tail)->cdr; | |
4220 } | |
4221 } | |
4222 | |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4223 /* free palette table */ |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4224 { |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4225 struct w32_palette_entry * plist; |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4226 |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4227 plist = dpyinfo->color_list; |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4228 while (plist) |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4229 { |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4230 struct w32_palette_entry * pentry = plist; |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4231 plist = plist->next; |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4232 xfree(pentry); |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4233 } |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4234 dpyinfo->color_list = NULL; |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4235 if (dpyinfo->palette) |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4236 DeleteObject(dpyinfo->palette); |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4237 } |
13434 | 4238 xfree (dpyinfo->font_table); |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4239 xfree (dpyinfo->w32_id_name); |
13434 | 4240 } |
4241 | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4242 /* Set up use of W32. */ |
13434 | 4243 |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4244 DWORD w32_msg_worker (); |
13434 | 4245 |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4246 w32_initialize () |
13434 | 4247 { |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4248 clear_frame_hook = w32_clear_frame; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4249 clear_end_of_line_hook = w32_clear_end_of_line; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4250 ins_del_lines_hook = w32_ins_del_lines; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4251 change_line_highlight_hook = w32_change_line_highlight; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4252 insert_glyphs_hook = w32_insert_glyphs; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4253 write_glyphs_hook = w32_write_glyphs; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4254 delete_glyphs_hook = w32_delete_glyphs; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4255 ring_bell_hook = w32_ring_bell; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4256 reset_terminal_modes_hook = w32_reset_terminal_modes; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4257 set_terminal_modes_hook = w32_set_terminal_modes; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4258 update_begin_hook = w32_update_begin; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4259 update_end_hook = w32_update_end; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4260 set_terminal_window_hook = w32_set_terminal_window; |
13434 | 4261 read_socket_hook = w32_read_socket; |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4262 frame_up_to_date_hook = w32_frame_up_to_date; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4263 cursor_to_hook = w32_cursor_to; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4264 reassert_line_highlight_hook = w32_reassert_line_highlight; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4265 mouse_position_hook = w32_mouse_position; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4266 frame_rehighlight_hook = w32_frame_rehighlight; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4267 frame_raise_lower_hook = w32_frame_raise_lower; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4268 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook = w32_set_vertical_scroll_bar; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4269 condemn_scroll_bars_hook = w32_condemn_scroll_bars; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4270 redeem_scroll_bar_hook = w32_redeem_scroll_bar; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4271 judge_scroll_bars_hook = w32_judge_scroll_bars; |
13434 | 4272 |
4273 scroll_region_ok = 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */ | |
4274 char_ins_del_ok = 0; /* just as fast to write the line */ | |
4275 line_ins_del_ok = 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */ | |
4276 fast_clear_end_of_line = 1; /* X does this well */ | |
4277 memory_below_frame = 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls | |
4278 off the bottom */ | |
4279 baud_rate = 19200; | |
4280 | |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4281 /* Initialize input mode: interrupt_input off, no flow control, allow |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4282 8 bit character input, standard quit char. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4283 Fset_input_mode (Qnil, Qnil, make_number (2), Qnil); |
13434 | 4284 |
4285 /* Create the window thread - it will terminate itself or when the app terminates */ | |
4286 | |
4287 init_crit (); | |
4288 | |
4289 dwMainThreadId = GetCurrentThreadId (); | |
4290 DuplicateHandle (GetCurrentProcess (), GetCurrentThread (), | |
4291 GetCurrentProcess (), &hMainThread, 0, TRUE, DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS); | |
4292 | |
4293 /* Wait for thread to start */ | |
4294 | |
4295 { | |
4296 MSG msg; | |
4297 | |
4298 PeekMessage (&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE); | |
4299 | |
16884
36babc489b0c
Change all uses of win95, winnt, and win32
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16588
diff
changeset
|
4300 hWindowsThread = CreateThread (NULL, 0, |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4301 (LPTHREAD_START_ROUTINE) w32_msg_worker, |
16884
36babc489b0c
Change all uses of win95, winnt, and win32
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16588
diff
changeset
|
4302 0, 0, &dwWindowsThreadId); |
13434 | 4303 |
4304 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE); | |
4305 } | |
4306 | |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4307 /* It is desirable that mainThread should have the same notion of |
16884
36babc489b0c
Change all uses of win95, winnt, and win32
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16588
diff
changeset
|
4308 focus window and active window as windowsThread. Unfortunately, the |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4309 following call to AttachThreadInput, which should do precisely what |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4310 we need, causes major problems when Emacs is linked as a console |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4311 program. Unfortunately, we have good reasons for doing that, so |
16884
36babc489b0c
Change all uses of win95, winnt, and win32
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16588
diff
changeset
|
4312 instead we need to send messages to windowsThread to make some API |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4313 calls for us (ones that affect, or depend on, the active/focus |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4314 window state. */ |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4315 #ifdef ATTACH_THREADS |
16884
36babc489b0c
Change all uses of win95, winnt, and win32
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16588
diff
changeset
|
4316 AttachThreadInput (dwMainThreadId, dwWindowsThreadId, TRUE); |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4317 #endif |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4318 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4319 /* Dynamically link to optional system components. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4320 { |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4321 HANDLE user_lib = LoadLibrary ("user32.dll"); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4322 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4323 #define LOAD_PROC(fn) pfn##fn = (void *) GetProcAddress (user_lib, #fn) |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4324 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4325 /* New proportional scroll bar functions. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4326 LOAD_PROC( SetScrollInfo ); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4327 LOAD_PROC( GetScrollInfo ); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4328 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4329 #undef LOAD_PROC |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4330 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4331 FreeLibrary (user_lib); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4332 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4333 /* If using proportional scroll bars, ensure handle is at least 5 pixels; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4334 otherwise use the fixed height. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4335 vertical_scroll_bar_min_handle = (pfnSetScrollInfo != NULL) ? 5 : |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4336 GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYVTHUMB); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4337 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4338 /* For either kind of scroll bar, take account of the arrows; these |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4339 effectively form the border of the main scroll bar range. */ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4340 vertical_scroll_bar_top_border = vertical_scroll_bar_bottom_border |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4341 = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYVSCROLL); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4342 } |
13434 | 4343 } |
4344 | |
4345 void | |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4346 syms_of_w32term () |
13434 | 4347 { |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4348 staticpro (&w32_display_name_list); |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4349 w32_display_name_list = Qnil; |
13434 | 4350 |
4351 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar); | |
4352 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; | |
4353 | |
4354 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms); | |
4355 Qvendor_specific_keysyms = intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms"); | |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4356 |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4357 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-num-mouse-buttons", |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4358 &Vw32_num_mouse_buttons, |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4359 "Number of physical mouse buttons."); |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4360 Vw32_num_mouse_buttons = Qnil; |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4361 |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4362 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-swap-mouse-buttons", |
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4363 &Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons, |
15151
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4364 "Swap the mapping of middle and right mouse buttons.\n\ |
ed6ddfc0d954
(Vwindow_system): Declared.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
15035
diff
changeset
|
4365 When nil, middle button is mouse-2 and right button is mouse-3."); |
16588
481b7874a1e9
Change identifiers of the form win32* to w32*.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16326
diff
changeset
|
4366 Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons = Qnil; |
19713
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4367 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4368 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-grab-focus-on-raise", |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4369 &Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise, |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4370 "Raised frame grabs input focus.\n\ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4371 When t, `raise-frame' grabs input focus as well. This fits well\n\ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4372 with the normal Windows click-to-focus policy, but might not be\n\ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4373 desirable when using a point-to-focus policy."); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4374 Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise = Qt; |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4375 |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4376 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-capslock-is-shiftlock", |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4377 &Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock, |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4378 "Apply CapsLock state to non character input keys.\n\ |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4379 When nil, CapsLock only affects normal character input keys."); |
043ccce224fb
(SIF_*): Win95 macros defined for NT.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
18877
diff
changeset
|
4380 Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock = Qnil; |
13434 | 4381 } |